Sie sind auf Seite 1von 306

Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release

16.6
Product Version 16.6
October 2012
Document Updated on:October 27, 2014

1999-2014 Cadence Design Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.


Portions Apache Software Foundation, Sun Microsystems, Free Software Foundation, Inc., Regents of
the University of California, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, University of Florida. Used by
permission.Printed in the United States of America.
Cadence Design Systems, Inc., 555 River Oaks Parkway, San Jose, CA 95134, USA
Allegro PCB Editor contains technology licensed from, and copyrighted by: Apache Software Foundation,
1901 Munsey Drive Forest Hill, MD 21050, USA 2000-2005, Apache Software Foundation. Sun
Microsystems, 4150 Network Circle, Santa Clara, CA 95054 USA 1994-2007, Sun Microsystems, Inc.
Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA 1989, 1991, Free
Software Foundation, Inc. Regents of the University of California, Sun Microsystems, Inc., Scriptics
Corporation, 2001, Regents of the University of California. Daniel Stenberg, 1996 - 2006, Daniel
Stenberg. UMFPACK 2005, Timothy A. Davis, University of Florida, (davis@cise.ulf.edu). Ken Martin, Will
Schroeder, Bill Lorensen 1993-2002, Ken Martin, Will Schroeder, Bill Lorensen. Massachusetts Institute
of Technology, 77 Massachusetts Avenue, Cambridge, Massachusetts, USA 2003, the Board of Trustees
of Massachusetts Institute of Technology. vtkQt, 2000-2005, Matthias Koenig. All rights reserved.
Trademarks: Trademarks and service marks of Cadence Design Systems, Inc. (Cadence) contained in this
document are attributed to Cadence with the appropriate symbol. For queries regarding Cadences
trademarks, contact the corporate legal department at the address shown above or call 800.862.4522.
Open SystemC, Open SystemC Initiative, OSCI, SystemC, and SystemC Initiative are trademarks or
registered trademarks of Open SystemC Initiative, Inc. in the United States and other countries and are
used with permission. All other trademarks are the property of their respective holders.
Restricted Print Permission: This publication is protected by copyright law and international treaties and
contains trade secrets and proprietary information owned by Cadence. Unauthorized reproduction or
distribution of this publication, or any portion of it, may result in civil and criminal penalties. Except as
specified in this permission statement, this publication may not be copied, reproduced, modified, published,
uploaded, posted, transmitted, or distributed in any way, without prior written permission from Cadence.
Unless otherwise agreed to by Cadence in writing, this statement grants Cadence customers permission to
print one (1) hard copy of this publication subject to the following conditions:
1. The publication may be used only in accordance with a written agreement between Cadence and its
customer.
2. The publication may not be modified in any way.
3. Any authorized copy of the publication or portion thereof must include all original copyright,
trademark, and other proprietary notices and this permission statement.
4. The information contained in this document cannot be used in the development of like products or
software, whether for internal or external use, and shall not be used for the benefit of any other party,
whether or not for consideration.
Disclaimer: Information in this publication is subject to change without notice and does not represent a
commitment on the part of Cadence. Except as may be explicitly set forth in such agreement, Cadence does
not make, and expressly disclaims, any representations or warranties as to the completeness, accuracy or
usefulness of the information contained in this document. Cadence does not warrant that use of such
information will not infringe any third party rights, nor does Cadence assume any liability for damages or
costs of any kind that may result from use of such information.
Restricted Rights: Use, duplication, or disclosure by the Government is subject to restrictions as set forth
in FAR52.227-14 and DFAR252.227-7013 et seq. or its successor.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6

Contents
Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in 16.6 Quarterly Incremental
Release (QIR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Whats New in 16.6 QIR 8(HotFix38) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Route Interconnect Optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2


Auto Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Create Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Trim to Breakout, Delete Breakout, and Compress Route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Productivity Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Min AirGap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
New Drafting Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Delete by Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Delete by Rectangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Offset Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Offset Move . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Add Perpendicular Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Add Parallel Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Add Arc Prototype . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
RF PCB Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Autoplace Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Whats New in 16.6 QIR 7 (HotFix32) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

27

Route Interconnect Optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Scribble Mode Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Auto-Interactive Trunk Route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Slide Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Productivity Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unassigned Shapes Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unsupported Prototype Functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Offset Move and Copy Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

27
27
30
30
32
32
33
33

October 2012

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6

Miscellaneous Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bundle Visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IDX update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Choices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF PCB Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

33
33
33
34
34

Whats New in 16.6 QIR 6 (HotFix27) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

35

IPC 2581 Stackup Exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Route Interconnect Optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Auto Interactive Breakout Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(Design Planning Option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Edit Vertex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remove Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dynamic Rat Suppression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Productivity Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Split Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Move Component with Slide Etch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drafting Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
File Locking Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Find by Query . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unsupported Prototype Functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF PCB Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Autoplace Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Layout Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

35
36
36
36
37
37
38
38
38
39
39
40
41
41
43
43
43
45

Whats New in 16.6 QIR 5 (HotFix22) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

46

IPC-2581 Rev B Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Interface-Aware Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(Design Planning Option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nested Net Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interface Visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Route Interconnect Optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scribble Mode Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Auto-Interactive Phase Tune Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

46
47
47
48
48
49
49
51

October 2012

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6

Edit Vertex Snap to 45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Dynamic Rat Suppression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Productivity Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Move Component Slide Etch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Split Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drafting Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Snap Pick Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Named Text Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PADS Translator Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Layer-Based Optimization for bundle-nets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unsupported Prototype Functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF PCB Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

51
52
52
53
53
54
55
55
55
56
56
57

Whats New in 16.6 QIR 4(HotFix16) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

60

Step Model Viewing Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Allegro STEP Export . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Route Interconnect Optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Allegro Timing Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Timing Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Auto-Interactive Phase Tune (AiPT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Auto-Interactive Delay Tuning (AiDT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IPC2581 Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Productivity Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Voids in Keepout Shapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Artwork Control Form update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Allegro PDF Publisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relative Snapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ref-Des Layer Visibility Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dynamic Shapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Testprep Add Scan and Highlight update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF PCB Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Layout Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Autoplace Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Discrete Library Translator Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Misc. Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

60
62
63
64
64
65
66
66
67
67
68
68
68
69
69
69
69
70
71
73
73

October 2012

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6

Whats New in 16.6 QIR 3(HotFix13) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

75

Step Model Support for accurate 3D viewing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Symbol to STEP Model Mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3D Viewer with STEP models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mechanical Step Model Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Export Allegro database as Step model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Route Interconnect Optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Auto- Interactive Breakout Technology (AiBT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Split View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Zoom Swap Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Auto Interactive Add Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Detune . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Productivity Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Slide Enhancement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
New Variable Restores Line Width Retention to legacy behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Allegro Drafting Prototypes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Delete by Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Delete by Rectangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Offset Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Offset Move . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Add Perpendicular Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Help on Unsupported Prototypes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Database & Misc Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pastemask DRC update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Database Diary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retain Pop-up window locations when using multiple monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Roaming Aligned with HDL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Missing Fillets Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF PCB Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Layout Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selecting User Specified Connect Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF Routing Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Autoplace Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Discrete Library Translator Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

75
75
77
77
78
79
79
83
84
84
86
86
87
87
87
88
89
89
90
90
90
91
91
91
91
91
91
92
92
93
94
96
97

October 2012

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6

Whats New in 16.6 QIR 2(HotFix6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

98

Route Interconnect Optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98


Auto-Interactive Phase Tune (AiPT) High Speed Product Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Timing Vision High Speed Product Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Unsupported Prototype Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Productivity Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Highlight/Assign Color to Vias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Display-Measure support of angle between two objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Display Segments over Voids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
DRC marker Link to Constraint Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Expand/Contract Shape updated to support Voids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Net assignment to multiple shapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Placement Replication support for component level pin properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Database & Misc Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Database Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Database Tiering New Open Drawing Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Logo Import (Symbol Editor only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
New Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Slot Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

. . . . . . . . . . . 109

Route Interconnect Optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Auto-Interactive Delay Tune (AiDT) High Speed Product Option . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Slide Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Offset Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Smart Layer Behavior for Add Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disable Open Space Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Line Width Retention during Add Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fix Cline Segments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Copy/Move Cline Segments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unsupported Prototype Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Productivity Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Component Alignment updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Place Replicate support of Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quickplace - Overlap Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

October 2012

110
110
112
113
114
115
115
116
116
116
118
119
119
119

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6

Symbol Instance Refresh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Parameterized Cornering for Rectangular Shapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shape Expansion/Contraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Add Circle - Ease of Use Improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change Radius of Line Drawn Circle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermal width for Xhatch shapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shape Updating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shape Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Embedded Net Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rat Display End in View Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Show Measure Support for Dual Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Multiple Constraint Region Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Move Lines and Text outside Existing Class Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Snap Pick to updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status Bar updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Select by Lasso or Path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Highlight Nets associated with Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Split Plane Association . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DRC by Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replace Padstack Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Design for Manufacturing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IPC-2581 Data Transfer Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Artwork / Film Records Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NC Drill Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NC Route Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thieving Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Associative Dimensioning Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change Line Font . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Team Design (Partitioning) more Flexible in 16.6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flexible Boundaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Constraint Editing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Differences Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ECO Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Embedded Component Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dual Side Contact Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vertically Placed Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

October 2012

120
120
121
121
121
121
123
123
123
124
124
125
125
125
126
127
127
127
128
128
129
129
130
130
131
131
132
133
134
134
134
135
135
136
136
137

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6

2 Layer PCB Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Suppression of Unassigned Indirect Vias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
New Embedded Cavity DRCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Database & Misc Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pastemask update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Generic Tech File (Cross Section Neutral) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net Group Constraint Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
New Design Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Find Filter update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plotting Improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buried/Blind via Generator update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Design Re-Use Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
New Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
New Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modified Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IDF Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fabmaster Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Symbol Export . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
New Extracta command line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
New DBdoctor command line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
New Dbstat command line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Switchversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dump Libraries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data Migration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Downrev to 16.5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Database Diary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Performance Improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Skill Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Symbol Editor Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renumber Symbol Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Symbol Editor - Import .CSV pin files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparing for the 17.0 Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF PCB Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Layout Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Autoplace Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

October 2012

137
138
138
139
140
140
141
141
141
141
142
142
142
143
143
143
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
145
146
147
147
148
148
149
149
150
151
152
152
165

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6

Via Exchange Between Allegro PCB Editor and ADS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171


Miscellaneous Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

. . . . . . . . . . . 183

Route Interconnect Optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Auto-Interactive Delay Tune (AiDT) High Speed Product Option . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Slide Overhaul . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Offset Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Smart Layer Behavior for Add Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disable Open Space Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Line Width Retention during Add Connect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fix Cline Segments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Copy/Move Cline Segments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unsupported Prototype Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Productivity Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Component Alignment updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Place Replicate support of Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quickplace - Overlap Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Symbol Instance Refresh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parameterized Cornering for Rectangular Shapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shape Expansion/Contraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Add Circle - Ease of Use Improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change Radius of Line Drawn Circle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermal width for Xhatch shapes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shape Updating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shape Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Embedded Net Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rat Display End in View Only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Show Measure Support for Dual Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Multiple Constraint Region Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Move Lines and Text outside Existing Class Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Snap Pick to updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status Bar updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Select by Lasso or Path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Highlight Nets associated with Component . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

October 2012

10

184
184
186
187
188
189
189
190
190
190
192
193
193
193
194
194
195
195
195
195
197
197
197
198
198
199
199
199
200
201
201

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6

Split Plane Association . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


DRC by Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replace Padstack Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Design for Manufacturing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IPC-2581 Data Transfer Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Artwork / Film Records Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NC Drill Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NC Route Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thieving Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Associative Dimensioning Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change Line Font . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Team Design (Partitioning) more Flexible in 16.6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Flexible Boundaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Constraint Editing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Differences Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ECO Wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Embedded Component Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dual Side Contact Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vertically Placed Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 Layer PCB Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Suppression of Unassigned Indirect Vias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
New Embedded Cavity DRCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Database & Misc Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pastemask update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Generic Tech File (Cross Section Neutral) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net Group Constraint Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
New Design Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Find Filter update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plotting Improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buried/Blind via Generator update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Design Re-Use Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
New Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
New Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modified Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IDF Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

October 2012

11

201
202
202
203
203
204
204
205
205
206
207
208
208
208
209
209
210
210
211
211
212
212
213
214
214
215
215
215
215
216
216
216
217
217
217
218

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6

Fabmaster Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Symbol Export . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
New Extracta command line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
New DBdoctor command line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
New Dbstat command line options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Switchversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dump Libraries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data Migration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Downrev to 16.5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Database Diary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Performance Improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Skill Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Symbol Editor Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Renumber Symbol Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Symbol Editor - Import .CSV pin files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparing for the 17.0 Release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF PCB Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Layout Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Autoplace Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Via Exchange Between Allegro PCB Editor and ADS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miscellaneous Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.5 . . . . . . . . . . .

218
218
218
218
218
218
219
220
221
221
222
222
223
223
224
225
226
226
239
245
251
257

Embedded Component Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Licensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front to Back Flow Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Key Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Design Rule Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Best Practice Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graphical User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Highlighting With Stipple Patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dynamic and Static Shape Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Highlighting Fixed Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Status Bar Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-D Viewer Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data Tip Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

258
258
258
259
259
260
261
261
262
262
263
264
264
265

October 2012

12

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6

Data Tip Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


Etch Edit Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Differential Phase Tuning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trace Tapering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Group Route Via Patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diff Pair Routing - Transitions at Region Boundary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pad Exit Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HDI Via Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HDI Via-Via Line Fattening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Delete Via Structures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Copy/Move Stacked Vias . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intelligent PDF Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Associative Dimensioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Design for Manufacturing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DFA Enhancements (Side-End and End-Side support) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DFA Usability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minimum Metal to Metal Clearance DRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Duplicate Drill DRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cross Section Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Backdrill Enhancement (Any Layer to Any Layer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DRC Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ECAD-MCAD Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Database and Misc Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Database Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Multi-threading Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DBDOCTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Downrev to 16.3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DBSTAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Same Net Constraint Set update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Symbol Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Refresh Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modules and Locked Property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Techfile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Design Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Artwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

October 2012

13

265
265
266
266
267
267
268
268
269
269
270
271
271
273
273
274
274
274
274
275
276
276
278
279
280
280
280
280
280
280
281
281
281
281
281
281

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6

Thieving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Create Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Display Measure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shape Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
User Defined Mask Layers Mirror support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Place Replicate Support for Single Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Placement Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Design Partitioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Polygon Select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Undo/Redo Buffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capture Canvas Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Zoom Button in Pick Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
New Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
New Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Modified Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deleted Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IDF Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Symbol Export . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data Migration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Script Migration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Skill Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF PCB Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Usability Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IFF Interface Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Layout Enhancements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Whats New for Older Releases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

October 2012

14

282
282
282
282
282
282
283
283
283
283
283
284
284
284
285
286
286
286
286
287
287
287
288
288
288
289
291

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in 16.6


Quarterly Incremental Release (QIR)
This document describes the new features and enhancements in Allegro PCB Editor16.6
Quarterly Incremental Release (QIR).

Whats New in 16.6 QIR 8(HotFix38) on page 2

Whats New in 16.6 QIR 7 (HotFix32) on page 27

Whats New in 16.6 QIR 6 (HotFix27) on page 35

Whats New in 16.6 QIR 5 (HotFix22) on page 46

Whats New in 16.6 QIR 4(HotFix16) on page 60

Whats New in 16.6 QIR 3(HotFix13) on page 75

Whats New in 16.6 QIR 2(HotFix6) on page 98

To view the enhancements to the Allegro PCB Editor, see:

Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6 on page 167

October 2012
1999-2014

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 8(HotFix38)

Whats New in 16.6 QIR 8(HotFix38)


This section contains the product notes for the 16.6 Quarterly Incremental Release (QIR) 8
of Allegro PCB Editor tools. Significant enhancements have been made in the following areas:

Route Interconnect Optimization on page 2

Productivity Enhancements on page 16

Add Arc Prototype on page 23

RF PCB Enhancements on page 25

Route Interconnect Optimization


A major effort targeted at improving the productivity and efficiency aspects of the interactive
routing environment continues throughout the 16.6 Incremental releases. The suite of
commands below require the enablement of the Design Planning Product Option.

Auto Connect on page 2

Create Flow on page 5

Trim to Breakout, Delete Breakout, and Compress Route on page 8

Auto Connect
New Out of the box auto-interactive technology is designed to accelerate the routing
process with the user in full control. Simply select a group of rats, then make layer setting
adjustments. High quality results that compare to hand-routed efforts are produced in a
fraction of time it takes to route the same signals interactively.

October 2012
1999-2014

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 8(HotFix38)
Steps
1. Invoke Auto Connect from the Route Unsupported Prototypes menu

October 2012
1999-2014

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 8(HotFix38)
2. Review the layer settings in the Options Panel and decide whether to use the Ripup
Existing etch option.

3. Select one or a group of rat lines (may also select clines or bundles)

4. High Quality results produced by underlying auto-routing engine.

October 2012
1999-2014

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 8(HotFix38)

Create Flow
Create Flow is a new command that easily allows you to draw a guided route path (similar
to drawing etch) and automatically route the connections using AiBT or Auto Connect. A
persistent bundle is created for the rats using the layering and path from Create Flow.
Create Flow can be used on rats, clines, or existing bundles. This feature allows you to easily
re-flow and auto route an existing bus.
Steps
1. Make sure you are in the Flow Planning application mode
2. Select a group of rats, right-click, and choose Create Flow from the pop-up menu.

October 2012
1999-2014

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 8(HotFix38)
3. Set the options correctly as shown
a. Select layer(s)
b. Consider selecting Auto-blank other rats to improve efficiency
c. Select Auto Connect
d. Consider selecting Compress option to pack clines if routing groups/lanes

October 2012
1999-2014

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 8(HotFix38)
e. Manually draw a route flow path from source to destination.

October 2012
1999-2014

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 8(HotFix38)
4. Right-click and choose Done to invoke the Auto Connect command. The connections will
be auto-routed and compressed to the minimum DRC gap.

Trim to Breakout, Delete Breakout, and Compress Route


The new Trim to Breakout, Delete Breakout, and Compress commands provide
additional capabilities to deliver a complete environment for multi-stage routing. This
collection of features gives you the ability to manipulate, change, or re-route the individual
breakout or trunk of existing bus routing. These features are exposed through bundle based
commands. These new capabilities and use models provide an efficiency gain for you over
tradition manual routing methods.

Commands available for multi-stage routing

October 2012
1999-2014

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 8(HotFix38)

Existing commands from QIR#7: Auto-I Breakout Both Ends, Auto-I Breakout
Closest End, Auto-I Trunk Route

New Prototypes in QIR#8 (all commands are currently bundle based)

Trim to Breakout New command that removes the trunk routing of a bus;
also trims or extends existing dangling breakout etch.

Delete Breakout New command to remove breakout routing from one side
of existing bus routing.

Compress Route New command to compress existing trunk routing of a bus


to minimum DRC gap

The ends (gather points) of a bundle defines where the Breakout and Trunk routing are
separated. When moving a gather point of a bundle, a dynamic line is drawn that shows
where the breakout and trunk separation occurs.
Trim to Breakout
1. Make sure you are in the Flow Planning application mode

October 2012
1999-2014

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 8(HotFix38)
2. Select an existing bundle on a fully routed bus, right-click, and choose Auto-I Trim to
Breakout from the pop-up menu.

October 2012
1999-2014

10

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 8(HotFix38)
The trunk routing will now be deleted. This allows you to quickly modify the remaining
breakout routing sections, move a component, or change the path of the bundle and
invoke Auto-I Trunk Route to auto route following the new path.

Trim to Breakout may also be used to extend or trim existing breakout routing. Below
is a picture where one bundle has been moved closer to the component and the breakout

October 2012
1999-2014

11

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 8(HotFix38)
was trimmed, and the other bundle was moved farther from the component and the
breakout routing was extended.

Delete Breakout
1. Make sure you are in the Flow Planning application mode

October 2012
1999-2014

12

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 8(HotFix38)
2. Select an existing bundle on a fully routed bus, right-click, and choose Auto-I Delete
Breakout from the pop-up menu.

The breakout routing from the closest end of the bus will be deleted (relative to where the
command was invoked). Removing the breakout allows you to easily generate an

October 2012
1999-2014

13

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 8(HotFix38)
alternate breakout solution or to move the component and then reconnect the bus using
Auto-interactive routing commands.

Compress Route
1. Make sure you are in the Flow Planning application mode

October 2012
1999-2014

14

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 8(HotFix38)
2. Select an existing bundle on a fully routed bus, right-click, and choose Auto-I Compress
Route from the pop-up menu.

Note: If the bus was originally routed by hand, quickly create a bundle for the existing
routing to allow invoking the Compress Route command.

October 2012
1999-2014

15

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 8(HotFix38)
The routing will be compressed to minimum Spacing DRC value. The routing will be
compress towards the center of the existing clines selected.

Productivity Enhancements

Min AirGap on page 16

New Drafting Commands on page 18

Min AirGap
The Min AirGap command is available from the Display Unsupported Prototype menu.
It currently exists in the SiP product and based on its popularity, it has been made available

October 2012
1999-2014

16

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 8(HotFix38)
to PCB customers. Use Min AirGap to check for minimum gap across the entire path of two
adjacent clines.

October 2012
1999-2014

17

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 8(HotFix38)

New Drafting Commands


New drafting commands are now available within all Allegro PCB Editor products from the
Manufacture menu. They are also available in General Edit application mode when
hovering over the applicable objects and pressing the right mouse button (RMB).

Extend Segments
This command allows you to extend line and arc segments to a projected intersection point.
When invoked from the menu, you are prompted to Select object to extend. After an object
is selected, you are then prompted to specify another object with which the first object should

October 2012
1999-2014

18

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 8(HotFix38)
intersect. Once the second object is selected, the two objects are temporarily extended and
highlighted to show the possible intersection points.

Trim Segments
This command allows you to remove portions of line and arc segments that extend beyond
specified intersection points. When invoked from the menu, you are prompted to Select
object to trim. After an object is selected, you are then prompted to select another object
intersecting the first. At this point, you are prompted to Select side of segment(s) to trim,
after which one or both objects can be trimmed by making successive picks on either object
to one or the other side of the intersection point.

Delete by Line
This command allows you to remove the portion of lines, arcs, and segments lying on one
side of a user-specified cut line. When invoked from the menu, you are prompted to Select
object(s) to cut, after which you are prompted to Specify start point of cut line, and
subsequently, after a start point is selected, Specify end point of cut line. Once you specify
two points on the canvas, you are again prompted to Select the side to remove. When the
you next specify a point on the canvas, all of the selected objects on the same side of the cut
line as that point are removed. (Note that if a segment is selected, the cut extends only to the

October 2012
1999-2014

19

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 8(HotFix38)
end of that segment. If a line/cline is selected, the cut extends across segments to the end of
the line.)

Delete by Rectangle
This command allows you to remove the portion of lines, arcs, segments, and vias lying within
a user-specified cut rectangle. When invoked from the menu, you are prompted to Select
object(s) to cut, after which you are prompted to Specify start point of cut rectangle, and
subsequently, after a start point is selected, Specify end point of cut rectangle. Once you
specify two points on the canvas, the portions of the preselected objects lying within the cut
rectangle are removed.

Offset Copy
This command allows you to make multiple copies of a variety of objects offset from the
original(s) by a specific X and/or Y value. When invoked from the menu, the Options panel is
updated to provide fields for entering X and Y offset values, the number of repetitions to
perform, and width/font values that can be applied to any line objects created, and you are
October 2012
1999-2014

20

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 8(HotFix38)
prompted to Select the element(s) to copy. Once you select objects, copies are created
offset from the original location by the values presently specified in the options dialog.

Offset Move
This command allows you to move a variety of objects by a specific X and/or Y offset. When
invoked from the menu, the Options dialog is updated to provide fields for entering X and Y
offset values, and you are prompted to Select element(s) to move. Once you select objects
they are moved from their current location by the offset presently specified in the Options
dialog.

Add Perpendicular Line


This command allows you to add a line perpendicular to another line already in the design.
When invoked from the menu, you are prompted to Specify reference object of start point.
After a pick is made, a rubber band line appears, with the reference object or start point as its
first end point, and you are prompted to specify either the end point or reference object. Once
another pick is made, a line is added perpendicular to the reference object and extending
from that object to the start/end point.

Add Parallel Line


This command facilitates the creation of lines parallel to existing lines. When invoked from the
menu, the user is prompted Select object(s) to add parallel line(s). After one or more objects
are selected, the user is then prompted to specify a side of the selected line(s) to guide where
October 2012
1999-2014

21

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 8(HotFix38)
new lines are to be created. The offset of the new line(s) from the original is determined by
the Offset field in the options dialog, and the number of copies to be created is controlled by
the Repetitions field in the same form. Once a side is chosen, one or more lines are created
parallel to the reference object. At this point the command can continue by adding more lines
or finish with RMB Done/Cancel.

Add Tangent Line


This command allows users to add one or more lines tangent to existing circles or arcs. When
invoked from the menu, the user is prompted to Select first tangent object. After a pick is
made, the user is prompted to Select *the+ second tangent object. Once this second object
is picked, temporary lines are inserted representing all possible tangent lines between the two
objects and the user is prompted Select tangent line(s). At this point users can click on one
or more of the possible tangents, thus selecting those lines for insertion in to the database.
When satisfied, the user can finish with RMB Done/Cancel.

Relative Copy
This command allows users to make copies of a variety of objects mirrored from the
original(s) relative to a line. When invoked from the menu, the options dialog in the Allegro
mini-status area is updated to provide a Relative Mode field that controls the line around
which the copies should be mirrored, and the user is prompted Select object(s) to copy.
Horizontal Line or Vertical Line indicates that the mirror line will be fixed as such, whereas
Odd Line provides for mirror lines at other angles.
Once objects are selected, the user is prompted for an origin point. Once this is provided, the
potential object copies become dynamically visible in the canvas, and the user is asked to
make one further pick to establish the actual point for the new objects, at which time the
copies are created. At this point the command can continue by copying more objects or finish
with RMB Done/Cancel.
The Odd Line option function operates in one of two modes providing rotation options
analogous to the spin command, with the rotation angle field controlling what angles are
permissible. (0 implies any angle, whereas other values imply rotations only in multiples of
that value.) When the rotation type is incremental, then spinning the mirror line updates the
rotation applied to the target objects, whereas absolute means that only the actual value in
the rotation angle field will be applied relative to the mirror line.

Relative Move
This command allows users to move variety of objects mirrored from the original location
relative to a line. When invoked from the menu, the options dialog in the Allegro mini-status
area is updated to provide a Relative Mode field that controls the line around which the

October 2012
1999-2014

22

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 8(HotFix38)
objects should be moved, and the user is prompted Select object(s) to move. Horizontal
Line or Vertical Line indicates that the relative line will be fixed as such, whereas Odd Line
provides for relative lines at other angles.
Once objects are selected, the user is prompted for an origin point. Once this is provided, the
potential object copies become dynamically visible in the canvas, and the user is asked to
make one further pick to establish the actual point for the new location. At this point the
command can continue by moving more objects or finish with RMB Done/Cancel.
The Odd Line option function operates in one of two modes providing rotation options
analogous to the spin command, with the rotation angle field controlling what angles are
permissible. (0 implies any angle, whereas other values imply rotations only in multiples of
that value.) When the rotation type is incremental, then spinning the mirror line updates the
rotation applied to the target objects, whereas absolute means that only the actual value in
the rotation angle field will be applied relative to the mirror line.

Connection Lines
This command facilitates the creation of lines to connect existing lines. When invoked from
the menu, the user is prompted Select first object to connect. After a pick is made, the user
is prompted to Select the second object to connect. Once this second object is picked,
temporary lines are inserted representing all possible connect lines between the two objects
and the user is prompted Select connect line. At this point users can click on the possible
line, thus selecting it for insertion in to the database. When satisfied, the user can finish with
RMB Done/Cancel.

Add Arc Prototype


An enhanced add arc command prototype is now available within all Allegro PCB Editor
products, as long as Hide All Unsupported Prototypes in Setup User Preferences is
not checked. The command appears under Add Unsupported Prototypes. When the
command is invoked, the options tab of the mini-status dialog offers the user a variety of ways
to specify the parameters of the arc being created. In each case, you make a series of three

October 2012
1999-2014

23

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 8(HotFix38)
picks on the graphics canvas which describe the characteristics of the arc. In several cases,
dynamics are employed to the effect of possible picks.

Start, Center, End - Pick 1 identifies the start of the arc, pick 2 the center, and pick 3
the end.

Start, Center, Angle - Pick 1 identifies the start of the arc, pick 2 the center, and pick 3
the angle between the start-to-center and center-to-end line segments.

Start, Center, Length - Pick 1 identifies the start of the arc, pick 2 the center, and pick
3 the length of the arc.

Start, End, Angle -Pick 1 identifies the start of the arc, pick 2 the end, and pick 3 the
angle between the start-to-center and center-to-end line segments.

Start, End, Direction - Pick 1 identifies the start of the arc, pick 2 the end. In addition,
pick 2 is also interpreted as the start point, and pick 3 as the end point of a line tangent
to the arc being created.

Start, End, Radius - Pick 1 identifies the start of the arc, pick 2 the end, and pick 3 the
radius if the arc being created.

Center, Start, End - Pick 1 identifies the center of the arc, pick 2 the start, and pick 3
the end.

Center, Start, Angle - Pick 1 identifies the center of the arc, pick 2 the start, and pick 3
the angle between the start-to-center and center-to-end line segments.

Center, Start, Length - Pick 1 identifies the center of the arc, pick 2 the start, and pick
3 the length of the arc.

October 2012
1999-2014

24

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 8(HotFix38)
For angle options, the Lock angle field provides the opportunity explicitly to specify particular
angle values, while the Lock length field provides the same capability for lengths. Width and
font characteristics of the new arc can also be controlled by Line width and Line font fields,
which operate in the same manner in numerous other Allegro commands. Active class and
subclass controls are also provided, again in accordance with general Allegro practice.

RF PCB Enhancements
In this release, following enhancements have been made in autoplace command in RF PCB:

Autoplace Enhancements

Canvas selection support for Net Exclusion

Interactive Repackaging Support

New Icon to indicate out-of-sync symbol

Canvas selection support for Net Exclusion


A new RMB menu Set Net Exception has been added to pick nets from the design canvas for
exclusion in autoplace process.

October 2012
1999-2014

25

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 8(HotFix38)
Interactive Repackaging Support
In QIR 8, autoplace command has enhanced to support snapping to pad edge during
interactive repackage process. Snapping to pad edge is enabled if Enable snap to pad
edge is checked.

For more information, see Interactive Repackaging or Autoplacement with Snap to Pad Edge
in Allegro User Guide: Working with RF PCB.
New Icon to indicate out-of-sync symbol
For the components and groups that have inconsistent parameters and are out-of-sync with
their placed symbols the icon is now displayed in blue color.

October 2012
1999-2014

26

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 7 (HotFix32)

Whats New in 16.6 QIR 7 (HotFix32)


This section contains the product notes for the 16.6 Quarterly Incremental Release (QIR) 7
of Allegro PCB Editor tools. Significant enhancements have been made in the following areas:

Route Interconnect Optimization on page 27

Productivity Enhancements on page 32

Miscellaneous Enhancements on page 33

RF PCB Enhancements on page 34

Route Interconnect Optimization


A major effort targeted at improving the productivity and efficiency of the interactive routing
environment continues throughout the 16.6 incremental releases.

Scribble Mode Routing


Scribble is a simple routing mode that allows you to scribble a route path onto the canvas.
Once a click is made, the etch solution for the scribble path will be generated. Scribble

October 2012
1999-2014

27

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 7 (HotFix32)
provides a quick two pick methodology to generate complex route paths, along with a very
controlled usage of push/shove based on the scribble path.

Route Results

Scribble Path

An additional benefit of using scribble is its ability to navigate a routing path through pin
pitches that require non-standard routing angles.

Off Angle Fit

October 2012
1999-2014

28

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 7 (HotFix32)
Scribble mode is now available as a right-click menu of add connect command.

Tip
Use the TAB key to toggle scribble mode on/off during the add connect command.
For more information, see About Scribble Mode in the Allegro User Guide: Routing the
Design.

October 2012
1999-2014

29

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 7 (HotFix32)

Auto-Interactive Trunk Route


Design Planning Option
The new Auto-Interactive command is designed to generate the interconnects between
existing breakouts. After completion of component breakout routing, hover over any section
of the bundle, right-click and choose Auto I. Route Trunk command.

Trunk Route Results

Breakout Patterns

Slide Update
New Segment Angle Control
The slide command now supports a new option called New Seg Angle. This gives you
more control over new segment construction. By default, this field is not visible in the Options

October 2012
1999-2014

30

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 7 (HotFix32)
tab. Browse to the Route tab of the Design Parameter Editor dialog box to either show the
option or set the values.

October 2012
1999-2014

31

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 7 (HotFix32)
Examples of using New Seg Angle option

Productivity Enhancements
Unassigned Shapes Update
In a design with large number of NC pins it is difficult to navigate to real unassigned shapes.
Starting from QIR 7, the NC pins assigned fillets will no longer be reported in the Shapes
Without an Assigned Net report. This report is displayed when you choose Unassigned
shapes button in the Status (Display Status) dialog box.

October 2012
1999-2014

32

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 7 (HotFix32)

Unsupported Prototype Functionality


You can use new features and functions that are currently in a prototype state but are mature
enough for use in production. The suite of commands is available in the Unsupported
Prototype menu under the Edit, Route, and Manufacture menus. Help document access
is located on the last row of the menu.

Offset Move and Copy Update


Offset Move and Offset Copy are now part of a suite of drafting commands, currently
available through the Unsupported Prototype menu. Offset values for both commands are
now retained in the Options tab.

Miscellaneous Enhancements
Bundle Visibility
Show All Bundles and Blank All Bundles commands are now available in common popup menu options in the Etch Edit application mode. To use these options enable Groups in
the Find filter settings.

IDX update
OrCAD PCB Designer Standard now supports the File Export IDX command.

October 2012
1999-2014

33

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 7 (HotFix32)

Product Choices
The File Change Editor (toolswap) command has been enhanced to display all product
choices. Prior to this release, the display was aligned with the product being opened.

RF PCB Enhancements
The placement of hard-reused modules with disbanded asymmetrical clearance assemblies
leads to DRC errors of shape-to-route keepin spacing. In QIR 7, the rf_ac_assemble (RFPCB Clearance Assembly) command has been enhanced to fix such modules by
selecting them from the Options tab.

October 2012
1999-2014

34

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 6 (HotFix27)

Whats New in 16.6 QIR 6 (HotFix27)


This section contains the product notes for the 16.6 Quarterly Incremental Release (QIR) 6
of Allegro PCB Editor tools. Significant enhancements have been made in the following areas:

IPC 2581 Stackup Exchange on page 35

Route Interconnect Optimization on page 36

Productivity Enhancements on page 38

RF PCB Enhancements on page 43

IPC 2581 Stackup Exchange


The ability to import stackup data using IPC2581 has been introduced in 16.6 QIR 6. The
stackup data is manually specified into the Allegro board stackup definition where the
potential for human error is a concern. Defining a stackup for controlled impedance and other
critical performance requirements can now be transferred by a spreadsheet, document
image, or other paper form using stackup exchange.
Stackup exchange enables electronic transfer of stackup data through the IPC2581 format.
Stackup analysis tools can define the stackup structure based on performance analysis, and
then export that stackup as IPC2581 data. That data is used to import into the Allegro PCB
Editor. The imported stackup may represent a designers view, or the actual manufactures
view with multiple build up to create a core layer or needed dielectric thickness.

Allegro also provides the ability to export only the stackup in IPC2581 format to pass to
fabrication and analysis tools. This information can be used to determine if design criteria are
met such as cost and manufacturability.
October 2012
1999-2014

35

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 6 (HotFix27)

Route Interconnect Optimization

Auto Interactive Breakout Technology on page 36

Edit Vertex on page 37

Remove Tuning on page 37

Dynamic Rat Suppression on page 38

Auto Interactive Breakout Technology


(Design Planning Option)
AiBT is an auto-interactive command designed to expedite the breakout of high pin count
devices like BGAs and connectors. It operates on a user-defined selection set of Interconnect
Flow Planner Bundles or the Bundle's rats as its input. This input is used to define a pattern
that tries to create the optimum channel utilization and possible layer distribution while
intelligently sequencing the breakout routes at each end so not to create cross-overs when
routing the trunk.
Additional user-controls that influence the breakout pattern include:

The Bundle's layer properties whether defined by layer-sets or user-choices on the


Bundle's layer properties.

A Rat sequence can be created, edited or defined to create a specific entry or exit pattern
for the Bundle. The Rat sequence can be used to define the exact pattern desired for
both ends of the Bundle to implement.

The location of the Bundle's Gather Point is the angle of its placement relative to its
associated pins/vias and how far from these pins/vias will determine how far the breakout
will be from the pins/vias it starts from.

October 2012
1999-2014

36

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 6 (HotFix27)

You can also decide if you want both ends of the Bundle broken out at the same time or
just one end; the end closest to where the cursor was when the command was invoked.

Before Breakout

After Breakout

Edit Vertex
The Edit Vertex command now supports a new Snap to 45 option to snap off angle routes
onto 45 degree angles. This option is useful after moving components with the Stretch etch
option enabled. Often the results of this action produce routes on undesirable angles.
Note: The Ctrl key can be used to toggle the behavior.

Remove Tuning
(High Speed Option)
The Remove Tuning command automatically removes standard tuning bumps and phase
bumps from cline routing. You can interactively select clines or cline segments and the
command identifies appropriate bumps and removes them from the cline, leaving the rest of
the cline routing unchanged. The Remove Tuning command increases efficiency by quickly
removing timing and phase compensation, to allow easier modifications to the routing.

October 2012
1999-2014

37

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 6 (HotFix27)

Dynamic Rat Suppression


When routing manually, you may wish to hide all rats to improve visibility as it relates to your
routing path. Selecting the Add Connect option Auto-blank other rats will temporarily blank
all rats during the Add Connect command. Upon completion of the connection, all rats are
re-displayed.

All Rats Displayed

Dynamic Rat Suppression

Productivity Enhancements

Split Views on page 38

Move Component with Slide Etch on page 39

Drafting Updates on page 39

Dimensioning on page 40

File Locking Update on page 41

Find by Query on page 41

Unsupported Prototype Functionality on page 43

Split Views
The Split View technology is a new capability that was introduced in 16.6 QIR 3, allows you
to view another area of the design canvas, while still working with the standard main editing
canvas. This technology is extremely effective for breakout routing solutions. You can now

October 2012
1999-2014

38

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 6 (HotFix27)
visually see both end of the bus/interface and make decisions/edits to both ends at the same
time.

Move Component with Slide Etch


The Move command has been enhanced to support a new Slide Etch option. When moving
components with attached routes, the desire is to maintain the segments on octolinear
angles. Prior to this release, the Stretch Etch option was the common method for moving
routed components. However, the results were not desirable and required manual edits to
restored the intent.

Drafting Updates
Two new commands have been added to the suite of drafting commands introduced over the
16.6 QIR releases:

October 2012
1999-2014

39

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 6 (HotFix27)
Extend Segments
This command allows you to extend line and arc segments to a projected intersection point.
When invoked from the menu, you are prompted to Select object to extend. After an object
is selected, you are then prompted to specify another object with which the first object should
intersect. Once the second object is selected, the two objects are temporarily extended and
highlighted to show the possible intersection points.

Trim Segments
This command allows you to remove portions of line and arc segments that extend beyond
specified intersection points. When invoked from the menu, you are prompted to Select
object to trim. After an object is selected, you are then prompted to select another object
intersecting the first. At this point, you are prompted to Select side of segment(s) to trim,
after which one or both objects can be trimmed by making successive picks on either object
to one or the other side of the intersection point.

Dimensioning
A Mirror Text command has been added to the Dimensioning main menu.

October 2012
1999-2014

40

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 6 (HotFix27)

File Locking Update


Expiration duration field now support user-definable entry in days, previously limited to 14, 90,
180 and 365 days. A new option NTP time service has also added that uses Network Time
Protocol (NTP) server to verify time. By default, the system time is used to check for
expiration.

Find by Query
A Find by Query unsupported prototype command is introduced in QIR 6. It is invoked by
clicking on the Find by Query button at the bottom of the Find tab. This option search
database objects that meet a specified criteria. Once objects are selected, hover over them
with their mouse cursor and press the right mouse button to access any number of relevant
application mode commands.
The command works as follows:

Choose type of object to locate

Establish find criteria

October 2012
1999-2014

41

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 6 (HotFix27)

Add candidate objects to the preselect buffer

When first invoked, the dialog appears as follows:

The Objects to Find section of the dialog allows you to specify the type of object to
locate.

These are grouped by type within each tab, and clicking a radio button changes the
object type presently under consideration.

The Find Criteria section allows you to establish query criteria to filter which object
instances make it into the Candidate Objects section.

Examples
The following figure shows an example to find all pins that use padstack PAD19.

October 2012
1999-2014

42

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 6 (HotFix27)
The following figure shows an example to find/highlight all GND pins on U100.

Unsupported Prototype Functionality


PCB Editor Users are reminded of functionality that is currently in a prototype state but mature
enough for use in production. The suite of commands is available in the Unsupported
Prototype menu under the Edit, View, Route and Manufacture menus. Help document
access is conveniently located on the last row of the menu.

RF PCB Enhancements
In this release, several enhancements have been made in RF PCB to increase productivity.

Autoplace Enhancements on page 43

Layout Enhancements on page 45

Autoplace Enhancements

Support for Placement of Modules

October 2012
1999-2014

43

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 6 (HotFix27)

Restore Autoplacement Settings

Update NET_SHORT Property on Discrete Pins on Netlist Re-import

Support for Placement of Modules


The rf_autoplace and rf_quickplace commands are enhanced to support placement
of components in modules.
Two new options, Include components in modules and Place components in modules
are added to commands to include placement of module instances.

For more information, see Module Placement Support for Autoplace in Allegro User Guide:
Working with RF PCB.

October 2012
1999-2014

44

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 6 (HotFix27)
Restore Autoplacement Settings
You can now save and restore autoplacement settings as an attachment in the current design.
For more information, see Retaining Autoplacement Settings in Allegro User Guide:
Working with RF PCB.
Update NET_SHORT Property on Discrete Pins on Netlist Re-import
The rf_autoplace command updates the NET_SHORT properties on discrete pins when
netlist is re-imported as post processing.
For more information, Handling NET_SHORT property in Allegro User Guide: Working
with RF PCB.

Layout Enhancements
To improve the performance of snapping functionalities in large designs, the rf_snap and
rf_modify_net commands are enhanced in QIR 6.
Two major changes has been made in the following areas:

The Snap to pad edge function is enhanced.

The cursor dynamics creation time has decreased during interactive snapping.

October 2012
1999-2014

45

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 5 (HotFix22)

Whats New in 16.6 QIR 5 (HotFix22)


This section contains the product notes for the 16.6 Quarterly Incremental Release (QIR) 5
of Allegro PCB Editor tools. Significant enhancements have been made in the following areas:

IPC-2581 Rev B Support on page 46

Interface-Aware Design on page 47

Route Interconnect Optimization on page 49

Productivity Enhancements on page 52

IPC-2581 Rev B Support


In this release, the Allegro PCB Editor provides support for the IPC-2581 Rev. B format.
Attributes and properties related to Assembly and Bill of Materials have been implemented to
address:

Package Pin one identification: This requires that a property (PKG_PIN_ONE) attached
to a pin indicates the primary pin of the footprint. The primary pin may be the actual pin
1, or the pin that identifies the pin for anode, positive, A1, Collector, and so on.

Package Pin One orientation: The property PKG_PIN1_ORIENTATION is assigned to a


board or symbol drawing to designate the established zero (0) orientation for symbol
rotation.

Polarity Marking: A new property MARKING_USAGE is attached to a symbol or drawing


element (line/circle) to indicate the marking type required in IPC-2581.

IPC-2581 Configuration file: The configurations file contains BOM header information to
populate data fields such as BOM name, revision, contact information, and so on.

For more information about IPC-2581 or Consortium updates, visit http://ipc2581.com.

October 2012
1999-2014

46

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 5 (HotFix22)

Interface-Aware Design
(Design Planning Option)
Todays complex Interfaces such as DDRx present interconnect challenges for PCB
Designers. Allegro tools have significantly advanced over the previous 16.6 quarterly
increment releases to help increase productivity specific to timing aware routing. The suite of
tools is referred to as Allegro Timing Environment (ATE), which includes Timing Vision, Auto
Interactive Phase Tune, and Auto Interactive Delay Tune.

Interface constrained routes shown in Timing Vision mode


The Net Group constraint object was introduced in the base 16.6 release targeted at
replacing the Bus object. In a DDR3 memory system the signals can be divided into 4 groups:
ADDR/CMD, CTRL, CLOCKS and DATA. The largest group, DATA, can be further broken
down into sub-groups called Byte-Lanes. These Byte-Lanes lend themselves to be Net
Groups of their own while still remaining part of the bigger group called DATA.

October 2012
1999-2014

47

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 5 (HotFix22)

Nested Net Groups


In this release, the Net-Group object supports nested net groups in Constraint Manager by
allowing one Net Group to be a member of another Net Group in the same way DP+ and DPare part of a Differential Pair object.

Byte-lanes are at the bottom of the hierarchy

Interface Visibility
Net Groups use special graphics to help you visualize the area that the nets of the group will
consume. This helps you visualize space requirements for the interfaces in your design.

Net Groups can be used as placement aids due to the polygon shape. The shape of the
polygon encompasses the pins of the nets involved in the Net Group. When you place or
October 2012
1999-2014

48

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 5 (HotFix22)
move components, the polygon changes shape dynamically and this lets you see polygons
with odd shapes due to components that are not in the proper placement relationships for
your interface. For example, a terminator that got pushed to the side would create a bulge in
the view and you can find the component that is out of place.
View the different levels of the Interface structure from top-level down to ratsnest using the
Interface Visibility All command.

Route Interconnect Optimization

Scribble Mode Routing on page 49

Auto-Interactive Phase Tune Update on page 51

Edit Vertex Snap to 45 on page 51

Dynamic Rat Suppression on page 52

Scribble Mode Routing


Scribble is a routing mode that allows you to scribble a route path onto the canvas. Once a
click is made, the etch solution for the scribble path will be generated.
Scribble provides a quick two pick methodology to generate complex route paths, along with
a very controlled usage of push or shove based on the scribble path.
The Scribble function is available on the RMB menu when using the Add Connect command.
Consider using the TAB key to toggle between conventional and scribble routing.

October 2012
1999-2014

49

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 5 (HotFix22)
Scribble remains an unsupported prototype and requires you to enable the unsupported
menu Enable Add Connect Scribble. You can enable this from the Route Unsupported
Prototypes Menu.

User generate dscribble path

October 2012
1999-2014

Etch generated solution for scribble path

50

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 5 (HotFix22)

Auto-Interactive Phase Tune Update


A new option Uncoupled Bump Creation now permits the use of accordion bumps for
phase tuning Diff Pairs. Sawtooth Bumps remains the default style bump for the AiPT
command.

Edit Vertex Snap to 45


The Edit Vertex command now supports a new option to snap off angle routes onto 45
degree angles. This may be useful after moving components with the Stretch etch option
enabled. Often the results of this action produce routes on undesirable angles.
This new command option requires you to enable the Enable Edit Vertex 45 Snapping
variable located in Route Unsupported Prototypes menu. When you enable the variable,

October 2012
1999-2014

51

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 5 (HotFix22)
the Snap to 45 option becomes available in the Options panel. Note the CONTROL key can
be depressed to toggle the behavior.

Use of Edit Vertex to adjust off-angle route to 45 degree angle

Dynamic Rat Suppression


When routing manually, you may wish to hide all rats to improve visibility as it relates to your
routing path. Setting the variable, acon_auto_rat_blank will temporarily blank all rats
during the Add Connect command.
Note: In QIR 5, you need to add this variable to your local or site level .env file.

All rats displayed

Dynamic rat suppression

Productivity Enhancements

Move Component Slide Etch on page 53

Split Views on page 53

October 2012
1999-2014

52

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 5 (HotFix22)

Drafting Updates on page 54

Snap Pick Updates on page 55

Named Text Blocks on page 55

PADS Translator Updates on page 55

Layer-Based Optimization for bundle-nets on page 56

Unsupported Prototype Functionality on page 56

Move Component Slide Etch


The Move command has been enhanced to support a new Slide Etch option. When moving
components with attached routes, the desire is to maintain the segments on octolinear
angles. Prior to this release, the Stretch Etch option was the common method for moving
routed components. However, the results were not desirable and required manual edits to
restored the intent.
In this release, the Slide Etch functionality is offered as a prototype. Invoke the Move
command then select Slide etch (prototype) from the Options panel. As the functionality is
a prototype, acknowledge the disclaimer. You need to click Do not show again to prevent
this form from re-appearing during subsequent move operations.

Split Views
The Split View technology is a new capability that was introduced in 16.6 QIR3 and allows
you to view another area of the design canvas, while still working with the standard main
editing canvas. This technology is extremely effective for breakout routing solutions, where

October 2012
1999-2014

53

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 5 (HotFix22)
you can now visually see both the ends of the bus/interface and make decisions/edits to both
the ends at the same time. In 16.6 QIR5, both split windows are now editable.

Drafting Updates
Two new commands have been added to the suite of drafting commands introduced over the
16.6 QIR releases. The new commands are:
Relative Copy and Move
These commands allow you to make copies of a variety of objects mirrored from the
original(s) relative to a line. When invoked from the menu, the Options dialog displays a
Relative Mode field that controls the line around which the copies should be mirrored. You
are prompted to select the object(s) to copy. Horizontal Line or Vertical Line indicates that
the mirror line is fixed, while the Odd Line option allows the use of mirror lines at the other
angles.
After selecting the objects, you are prompted to choose a point as origin. Once this is
provided, the potential object copies become dynamically visible in the canvas, and you are

October 2012
1999-2014

54

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 5 (HotFix22)
asked to make another pick to establish the actual point for the new objects, at which time the
copies are created.
The Relative Move command is similar to Relative Copy command, except that it moves
an object instead of copying it.

Snap Pick Updates


Three new options have added to the Snap Pick to command:

Pad Edge Vertex

Pad Edge Midpoint

Pad Edge

Named Text Blocks


Text blocks can now be identified by functional names such as Silk, Comp, and so on.
Previously, a text block was identified by a non-descriptive block integer.

PADS Translator Updates


In this release, PADS_IN layer mapping functionality has been enhanced with GUI and use
model improvements. The summary of changes includes the following:

Reworked layer mapping controls to make it more usable.

Added separate tabs for each object type.

Load only those layers that are in ASCII file that reduces layer count.

October 2012
1999-2014

55

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 5 (HotFix22)

Use actual PADS layer names in mapping table.

Added automatic layer mapping for all non-etch layers (solder, assembly, and so on).

In addition, a new PADS Library translator is now available. The command is located in the
File Import CAD Translators menu.

Layer-Based Optimization for bundle-nets


The FSP - Allegro integration flow has been enhanced to support layer-based optimization.
You can now change the layer of individual nets of the bundles using Sequence Edit
Change Layer menu. This command becomes available by enabling Route
Unsupported Prototypes Enable Auto-Interactive breakout.
With FSP running in the background, you can perform pin-out optimizations on the bundle
nets that are assigned to multiple layers.

Unsupported Prototype Functionality


PCB Editor Users are reminded of functionality that is currently in a prototype state but mature
enough for use in production. The suite of commands is available in the Unsupported

October 2012
1999-2014

56

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 5 (HotFix22)
Prototypes menu under the Edit, View, Route, and Manufacture menus. Access the help
document located on the last row of the menu.

Drafting Prototypes

Routing Prototypes

RF PCB Enhancements
A major enhancement has been made in RF PCB. RF PCB now supports MWO libraries. You
can now include MWO components in your design, by exporting and importing the IFF files
to exchange the design with AWR tools. Accordingly, many RF commands are also
enhanced.

October 2012
1999-2014

57

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 5 (HotFix22)

The rf_setup command checks the current design and determines which library to
use.

October 2012
1999-2014

58

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 5 (HotFix22)

The rf_add_component command now shows the library name.

The rf_iff_export and rf_iff_import commands now support the MWO


components.

October 2012
1999-2014

59

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 4(HotFix16)

Whats New in 16.6 QIR 4(HotFix16)


This section contains the product notes for the 16.6 Quarterly Incremental Release (QIR) 4
of Allegro PCB Editor tools. Significant enhancements have been made in the following areas:

Step Model Viewing Enhancements on page 60

Route Interconnect Optimization on page 63

IPC2581 Enhancements on page 66

Productivity Enhancements on page 67

RF PCB Enhancements on page 69

Step Model Viewing Enhancements


The 3D viewer of Allegro PCB Editor has the capability of viewing footprint and mechanical
models in more detail by use of STEP model mapping. This capability allows you to assign a
Primary and Secondary STEP model to a footprint through use of a mapping tool at library
creation or with the board drawing.

October 2012
1999-2014

60

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 4(HotFix16)
When the 3D viewer is launched, the STEP models are displayed showing a higher level of
detail, dependent upon the data contained within the STEP model.

Primary and Secondary models allow the use of different versions of a STEP model based
on detail or mounting variation. External mechanical STEP models, such as frames, housing,
and so on, can also be mapped. You can map them within the board drawing without creating
and placing board symbol from the library.

October 2012
1999-2014

61

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 4(HotFix16)
PCB designers get a more realistic view of the design in the 3D view using the combination
of STEP models for footprint packages and mechanical enclosures. The issues can be
observed and resolved earlier in the design process.

Allegro STEP Export


Allegro PCB Editor provides the ability to export an Allegro PCB design as a STEP model.
Exporting an Allegro design as a STEP model provide graphical description of the board as
3D data. This data can be imported into a mechanical tool to verify the design in its 3D
simulated environment.

October 2012
1999-2014

62

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 4(HotFix16)
Export options include Board only, Board and mounting holes, External copper,
components with and without STEP models, secondary STEP models, mechanical
enclosure, and highlighted symbols only.

A workshop for STEP model mapping, viewing and export is available in the Allegro SPB tools
install $CDSROOT/share/pcb/examples/step directory.

Route Interconnect Optimization


A major effort targeted at improving the productivity and efficiency aspects of the interactive
routing environment continues into the post 16.6 Quarterly Incremental Releases.

Allegro Timing Environment

October 2012
1999-2014

63

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 4(HotFix16)

Allegro Timing Environment


(High Speed Product Option)
Introduced over the last several QIRs as unsupported prototypes, the ATE suite of features
are now available.

The ATE suite includes:

Timing Vision
Timing Vision is an environment that allows you to graphically see real-time delay and phase
information directly on the routing canvas. Traditionally, evaluating timing or length related
issues required numerous trips to Constraint Manager and or use of the Show Element
command to evaluate the DRC condition. The new Timing Vision environment uses special
graphic techniques such as: custom cline coloring, stipple patterns and customized data tip
information to define the delay problem in the simplest terms possible.
Menu Path
Route Timing Vision
October 2012
1999-2014

64

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 4(HotFix16)
Figure 3-1 Interface constrained routes in Timing Vision Mode

Auto-Interactive Phase Tune (AiPT)


With an ever increasing amount of differential pairs associated with current Interface
protocols, design tools need to be enhanced to support the requirements related to tuning
and matching. Allegro PCB Editor currently supports interactive tools (delay tune and phase
tune) to perform tuning on selected differential pairs or stand-alone nets. The increase in
differential pairs quantity has made a requirement to introduce an auto-interactive method to
perform tuning across all differential pairs associated with a group or Interface.
Auto-interactive Phase Tuning(AiPT) works with a set of parameters that allows several
options for trace lengthening or shortening.
Menu Path
Route Auto-interactive Phase Tune

October 2012
1999-2014

65

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 4(HotFix16)
Figure 3-2 Timing Vision/Phase compensation at gathering point

Auto-Interactive Delay Tuning (AiDT)


Auto-interactive Delay Tuning(AiDT) is the third step in the ATE flow. It lessens the time
to meet timing constraints on advanced standards-based interfaces, such as DDR3, by 3050 percent. AiDT allows you to rapidly adjust the timing of critical high-speed signals on an
interface-by-interface basis, or apply it at byte-lane level, reducing the need to tune the traces
on a PCB from days to hours. You can interactively select clines or cline segments for tuning
then AiDT computes the required length for the selection set to meet timing constraints. The
application utilizes controlled push or shove techniques while adding tuning patterns based
on user-guided parameters.
Menu Path
Route Auto-interactive Delay Tune

IPC2581 Enhancements

Shorted Nets: Nets shorted by the NET_SHORT property will be exported to the element
<PhyNetPoint> as a comment.

October 2012
1999-2014

66

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 4(HotFix16)

BOM populate support: If the property BOM_IGNORE is set to a component instance,


Allegro PCB Editor exports <RefDes name = "***" populate = "FALSE"/> under
<BomItem> in the IPC2581 output file.

Old style flash symbols: IPC2581 now support the output of old style flash symbols on
negative layers. An error is reported if Allegro PCB Editor cannot find the .bsm file
referenced in the padstack.

RF Super Net Names: Currently in Allegro PCB Editor, the actual RF net is broken into
multiple point to point nets. These different nets appear to be shorted together but
properties inhibit DRC errors. When this connectivity is sent to a CAM CAD system,
these shorted nets generate multiple errors. In these cases, Allegro PCB Editor creates
a super net that combines all these nets and their member elements into a single net.

A super net is created when the following conditions are met:

The design must have RFPCB elements!

A net has one or more of its shape or pin elements containing the NET_SHORT property.

The value of the NET_SHORT property starts with RFETCH.

If these cases are met, the net name is replaced with name RFETCH. All members of the net
(pins, vias, clines and shapes) also report this as their net name.

Productivity Enhancements

Voids in Keepout Shapes

Artwork Control Form update

Allegro PDF Publisher

Relative Snapping

Ref-Des Layer Visibility Control

Dynamic Shapes

Testprep Add Scan and Highlight update

Voids in Keepout Shapes


User-defined voids are now permitted in Package, Route and Via Keepout Shapes and No
Probe Areas. The following restrictions apply:

October 2012
1999-2014

67

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 4(HotFix16)

The auto-routers treat the keepout areas as solid shapes, voids are not recognized.

The IDF standard does not support voids in keepout shapes. IDF continues to output the
shape outline only. To transfer these voids you should migrate to the IDX MCAD-ECAD
standard.

Artwork Control Form update


A new field, PDF Sequence has been added to the artwork control form. This allows you to
control the order of films in PDF output. Allegro PCB Editor auto-numbers the films but you
can override the order. If two films share the same sequence number, alphabetical ordering
is used.

Allegro PDF Publisher


New options Filter Header/Footer and Filter Drawing Origin are available in the PDF
Export form. (File Export PDF)

Relative Snapping
A new Snap pick to option permits a selected object to be offset from the specified position.

October 2012
1999-2014

68

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 4(HotFix16)

Ref-Des Layer Visibility Control


When moving a symbol, the default ref-des display is based on assembly-text. A new user
preference variable, display_refdes_subclass allows you to specify a preferred
display layer for refdes text (assembly, silkscreen or display). You can set this variable in the
User Preference Editor Display General folder.

Dynamic Shapes
The VOID_SAME_NET property has been extended to support the overlapping of same net
shapes.

Testprep Add Scan and Highlight update


Allegro now remembers the already scanned nets so not to reprocess them on subsequent
runs.

RF PCB Enhancements
In this release, several enhancements have been made in RF PCB to increase productivity.

October 2012
1999-2014

69

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 4(HotFix16)

Layout Enhancements

Autoplace Enhancements

Discrete Library Translator Enhancements

Misc. Enhancements

Layout Enhancements
This module includes the enhancements in the following commands:

Modify Connectivity

Enhanced Grouping Functionality

Modify Connectivity
The rf_modify_net command is enhanced to support swapping of nets on the pins of an
RF component with autoshove functionality.

Enhanced Grouping Functionality


In this QIR, the RF group commands are improved as follows:

Group Add: create a generic group and adds components to it. A warning is displayed
if the generic group with the same name already exists. An option is provided to merge
the groups.

October 2012
1999-2014

70

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 4(HotFix16)

Group Disband: disband the generic group as well. You can also select the group to
disband by clicking on the design canvas.

Group Exclude: exclude the selected components from the generic group as well.

Group Display: display a warning if any component is added to the generic group.

Autoplace Enhancements

Add Module Support

Enhanced Fix Placed Symbol Functionality

Add Module Support


This release removes the limitation of module placement using autoplace command. The
autoplace functionality:

now supports placement of unplaced modules before autoplacement of RF components.

continues autoplacement even if some modules are not placed.

does not display the components that are contained in a module in any of the groups in
the autoplacement UI

Enhanced Fix Placed Symbol Functionality


The Fix placed symbol has changed to Fix selected symbol/pin.

October 2012
1999-2014

71

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 4(HotFix16)
It is now easier to pick a symbol/pin for autoplacement of a group. When Fix selected
symbol/pin is checked, the placed components are displayed with pin numbers.

You can now choose the symbol/pin from the design canvas as a start point using new RMB
options.

Note: If this option is checked, the Enable relative rotation for non RF is disabled.

October 2012
1999-2014

72

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 4(HotFix16)

Discrete Library Translator Enhancements


A global option is added to the Allegro Discrete Library to Agilent ADS Translator. This option
specifies the schematic version of the symbols for translation.

Misc. Enhancements

Replicated block and module support

Support for Processing Unit Scale Factors and Tune Parameters

Replicated block and module support

You can now perform RF clearance initialization and assembly commands on the
modules.

The rf_add_connect command is enhanced to support routing from the interface pin
of a module.

October 2012
1999-2014

73

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 4(HotFix16)
Support for Processing Unit Scale Factors and Tune Parameters
Import IFF now supports processing of unit scale factors. The unit scale factors are defined
in ADS and are used to define property value expressions or variable definition expressions.

October 2012
1999-2014

74

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 3(HotFix13)

Whats New in 16.6 QIR 3(HotFix13)


This section contains the product notes for the 16.6 Quarterly Incremental Release (QIR) 3
of Allegro PCB Editor tools. Significant enhancements have been made in the following areas:

Step Model Support for accurate 3D viewing on page 75

Route Interconnect Optimization on page 79

Productivity Enhancements on page 86

Database & Misc Enhancements on page 91

RF PCB Enhancements on page 92

Step Model Support for accurate 3D viewing


The Allegro PCB Editor products currently provide 3D viewing of an Allegro board drawing
based on the open drawings layer visibility and object selection. The 3D viewer provides a
basic rendering of board geometry, conductors, via structures and component geometry with
little or no detail also referred to as block style or skyscraper viewing. This solution provides
detailed component modeling to assure proper clearances and positioning that the block style
viewing does not provide.
An update to Allegro 16.6 (QIR) provides you the ability to map package and mechanical
symbols to STEP models, display the STEP model in the Allegro 3D viewing tool, and to
export the Allegro board drawing as a STEP model. The capability of including enclosures
associated with the board is also provided for positioning and collision detection.

Symbol to STEP Model Mapping


STEP models are associated to Allegro package and mechanical symbol models through a
mapping tool. This mapping tool sets the STEP model name to the symbol and defines offset
information to correctly position the STEP model in the 3D viewer. The mapping data created
is instantiated into the Allegro symbol as a property. Step model mapping is supported in both
the Symbol and PCB Editor.

October 2012
1999-2014

75

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 3(HotFix13)
Menu Path for Step Mapping
Setup Step Package Mapping
Figure 33- STEP model mapping

October 2012
1999-2014

76

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 3(HotFix13)

3D Viewer with STEP models


Once STEP model mapping is completed, the Allegro 3D viewer displays the graphical
representations of the STEP models. The 3D viewer relies on the currently visible layers in
the Allegro PCB editor to determine what is displayed in the viewer. To view the 3D STEP
model the following CLASS/SUBCLASSES must be visible in the Allegro PCB Editor window:

PACKAGE GEOMETRY/PLACE_BOUND_TOP

PACKAGE GEOMETRY/PLACE_BOUND_BOTTOM

MANUFACTURING/STEP3D_ASSEMBLY_ENCLOSURE

Figure 3-4 Display of STEP models using standard 3D viewer

Mechanical Step Model Support


The ability to view other objects, such as shields and housings is possible if those objects are
represented by STEP models. Allegro STEP model support also provides the ability to map

October 2012
1999-2014

77

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 3(HotFix13)
these objects. Once mapped to the board design, the 3D viewer displays these models where
you can visually check for any collisions or other component placement issues.
Mechanical STEP models must be placed within the path defined by the steppath variable.
The STEP Package Mapping tool lists the mechanical STEP model as an entry in the
Available STEP Models list.
The mapping tool contains two buttons, Add Mech and Delete Mech. The Add Mech
creates a board or mechanical symbol that represents the mechanical model (enclosure) that
the STEP model is mapped to. This board symbol used for mapping is placed on the board
drawing origin. The offset values defined in the mapping tool position the enclosure STEP
model onto the proper location and orientation in the board drawing.
Figure 3-5 Import of Mechanical STEP Model

Export Allegro database as Step model


STEP models are used in various ways in the mechanical design environment such as
checking for form and fit. Allegro STEP model support provides the ability to export an Allegro
board drawing as a STEP model for use in a mechanical design environment.
STEP model export supports AP203, AP204 and AP242 protocols, standard units, and
various output option to minimize or maximize STEP model data. Potential for very large
STEP model files exists when exporting STEP Model Parts and external copper data.
October 2012
1999-2014

78

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 3(HotFix13)
Figure 3-6 STEP Export User Interface

Route Interconnect Optimization


A major effort targeted at improving the productivity and efficiency aspects of the interactive
routing environment continues into the post 16.6 Quarterly Incremental Releases.

Auto-Interactive Phase Tune (AiPT) High Speed Product Option

Split View

Zoom Swap Views

Auto-Interactive Phase Tune (AiPT) High Speed Product Option

Detune

Auto- Interactive Breakout Technology (AiBT)


Auto Interactive Breakout (AiBT) technology improves user-efficiency for generating
breakout routing from a component, for one or both sides of a bus/interface. AiBT can be
used with the new Split View and Bundle Sequence commands to shorten the time
required to develop a high-quality and properly ordered breakout solution.

October 2012
1999-2014

79

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 3(HotFix13)
Menu Path for AiBT
Route Unsupported Prototypes Menu Enable Auto-interactive Breakout
On enabling this menu, a new RMB menu is added to commands that allow access to AiBT.
This must be done with each session of Allegro.
The Enable Auto-interactive Breakout menu item is available when:

Running Allegro with the Design Planning option, or GXL license.

Running SiP or APD with the SiP license.

After creating bundles within Allegros Interconnect Flow Planning Environment, hover over a
bundle then use the RMB context sensitive menu to access the relevant commands for
breakout.
Auto-I BreakOut Both Ends
This command causes both ends of the selected bundle/ratsnest to automatically generate
breakout routing.
Auto-I BreakOut Closest End
This command causes the closest end of the selected bundle/ratsnest to automatically
generate breakout routing. The other end of the bundle/ratsnest remains unaffected. The
closest end is determined by measuring the straight line distance from the location of the
right-click menu invocation, and each gather end point of the bundle.

October 2012
1999-2014

80

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 3(HotFix13)
It is recommended to use Closest End commands in the direct vicinity of one bundle gather
location so it is obvious which end is being modified.

Auto-I. Route Trunk


This command generates the interconnect between existing breakouts. Currently, the Trunk
Router creates routing only when breakouts exist at both ends of the connection.

October 2012
1999-2014

81

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 3(HotFix13)
In the following images, you hover over anywhere along the Flow Trunk and execute the
command. The right image in figure shows the results of an Auto-I. Route Trunk command.

Bundle Sequences
Sequences control the routing order of the rats of a bundle. The sequence is displayed
visually on the canvas and you can modify the order.

The sequence order at each gather point (bundle end) is the inverse of the other end.

Changes at one end of the bundle sequence also affect the other end.

Bundles with multiple routing layers allowed can assign specific layers to each rat in a
sequence.

If a sequence does not already exist on a bundle, AiBT generates a sequence after a
breakout command completes. The sequence generated matches the breakout created
on the side of the bundle where the breakout command was run.

If a sequence exists, AiBT forces the breakout commands to match the routing result to
the sequence. AiBT creates routing DRCs if that is the only possible way to match the

October 2012
1999-2014

82

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 3(HotFix13)
existing sequence (this behavior allows you to see problems with the sequence and get
exactly what has been specified).

Split View
The Split View technology is a new capability that allows you to view another area of the
design canvas, while still working with the standard main editing canvas.

October 2012
1999-2014

83

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 3(HotFix13)
This technology is extremely effective for breakout routing solutions, where you can now
visually see both end of the bus/interface and make decisions/edits to both ends at the same
time.

Zoom Swap Views


This command is also located on the Unsupported Prototype menu. This command swaps
what you see between the split view canvas and main canvas. This command easily allows
you to flip to the other end of the bus and perform edits/commands in the main window (this
command improves the current use model since both canvases are not fully editable).

Auto Interactive Add Connect


Auto Interactive Add Connect (AiAC) is a new version of the existing Add Connect
command. This new version provides two primary modes of operation: Manual and Auto.
The Manual mode preserves the traditional functionality and behavior of Add Connect, while
the Auto mode introduces a cursor based auto-routing methodology that provides cleaner
route paths with fewer interactive clicks. There is also a new secondary mode of operation
called Scribble. Scribble routing can be activated from within both Manual and Auto modes.

October 2012
1999-2014

84

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 3(HotFix13)
Auto Mode vs. Manual Mode
In open space routing, Auto and Manual mode results are similar. However, when routing
through obstacle fields and over larger distances of the canvas, the results diverge as Auto
mode develops a unique solution using auto-routing algorithms, while Manual mode uses a
direct path while bubbling around obstacles.

Auto-I Add Connect

Manual Add Connect

Scribble mode routing


Scribble is a simple routing mode that allows you to scribble a route path onto the canvas.
Once a click is made, the etch solution for the scribble path will be generated. Scribble

October 2012
1999-2014

85

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 3(HotFix13)
provides a quick two pick methodology to generate complex route paths, along with a very
controlled usage of push/shove based on the scribble path.

Scribble Path

Route results

Detune
The Detune command automatically removes standard tuning bumps and phase bumps
from cline routing. You can interactively select clines or cline segments and Detune identifies
appropriate bumps and removes them from the cline, leaving the rest of the cline routing
unchanged. The Detune command increases the efficiency by quickly removing timing and
phase compensation, to allow easier modifications to the routing. Previously, you were forced
to manually remove these bumps or delete and replace the routing.

Productivity Enhancements

Highlight/Assign Color to Vias

New Variable Restores Line Width Retention to legacy behavior

Allegro Drafting Prototypes

Delete by Line

Highlight/Assign Color to Vias

October 2012
1999-2014

86

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 3(HotFix13)

Offset Copy

Offset Move

Add Perpendicular Line

Slide Enhancement
The Extend Selection option in slide command now provided three choices:

Segments: Extends selection to adjacent segments. By default this option is selected.

Vias: Extends selection to adjacent vias.

Segments and Vias: Extends selection to both segments and vias.

New Variable Restores Line Width Retention to legacy behavior


When the following variable is enabled, user-defined line width is reset to constraint-defined
upon re-invoking the Add Connect command. This restores the behavior of the command
with respect to its handling with line width overrides to pre-16.6 behavior.
The variable is acon_no_width_override_retain.

Allegro Drafting Prototypes


Drafting command prototypes are now available for evaluation within all Allegro PCB Editor
products via the following means:

Open the User Preferences Editor from the menu by selecting Setup User
Preferences.

Select the Unsupported category, check off Drafting Unsupported Prototypes, and
press OK.

Restart Allegro.

The unsupported drafting prototypes will now be available in the menus, either under Edit
Unsupported Prototypes or Manufacture Drafting Unsupported Prototypes. They

October 2012
1999-2014

87

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 3(HotFix13)
are also available in General Edit application mode when hovering over the applicable
objects and pressing the right mouse button (RMB).

Delete by Line
This command allows you to remove the portion of lines, arcs, and segments lying on one
side of a user-specified cut line. When invoked from the menu, you are prompted to Select
object(s) to cut, after which you are prompted to Specify start point of cut line, and
subsequently, after a start point is selected, Specify end point of cut line. Once you specify
two points on the canvas, you are again prompted to Select the side to remove. When the
you next specify a point on the canvas, all of the selected objects on the same side of the cut
line as that point are removed. (Note that if a segment is selected, the cut extends only to the
end of that segment. If a line/cline is selected, the cut extends across segments to the end of
the line.)

October 2012
1999-2014

88

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 3(HotFix13)

Delete by Rectangle
This command allows you to remove the portion of lines, arcs, segments, and vias lying within
a user-specified cut rectangle. When invoked from the menu, you are prompted to Select
object(s) to cut, after which you are prompted to Specify start point of cut rectangle, and
subsequently, after a start point is selected, Specify end point of cut rectangle. Once you
specify two points on the canvas, the portions of the preselected objects lying within the cut
rectangle are removed.

Offset Copy
This command allows you to make multiple copies of a variety of objects offset from the
original(s) by a specific X and/or Y value. When invoked from the menu, the Options panel is
updated to provide fields for entering X and Y offset values, the number of repetitions to
perform, and width/font values that can be applied to any line objects created, and you are

October 2012
1999-2014

89

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 3(HotFix13)
prompted to Select the element(s) to copy. Once you select objects, copies are created
offset from the original location by the values presently specified in the options dialog.

Offset Move
This command allows you to move a variety of objects by a specific X and/or Y offset. When
invoked from the menu, the Options dialog is updated to provide fields for entering X and Y
offset values, and you are prompted to Select element(s) to move. Once you select objects
they are moved from their current location by the offset presently specified in the Options
dialog.

Add Perpendicular Line


This command allows you to add a line perpendicular to another line already in the design.
When invoked from the menu, you are prompted to Specify reference object of start point.
After a pick is made, a rubber band line appears, with the reference object or start point as its
first end point, and you are prompted to specify either the end point or reference object. Once
another pick is made, a line is added perpendicular to the reference object and extending
from that object to the start/end point.

Help on Unsupported Prototypes


Technical documentation relevant to current and previously released unsupported prototype
features is accessible from the Route Unsupported Prototypes - Help on Unsupported
Utilities menu.
October 2012
1999-2014

90

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 3(HotFix13)

Database & Misc Enhancements

Pastemask DRC update

Database Diary

Retain Pop-up window locations when using multiple monitors

Roaming Aligned with HDL

Missing Fillets Report

Pastemask DRC update

Shapes drawn on the Package Geometry Top and Bottom subclasses are now
factored into the DRC check.

Pin to pin suppression on same symbol.


Nodrc_Sym_Pin_Pastemask

Database Diary
Now available using the PCB Design L License.

Retain Pop-up window locations when using multiple monitors


Retention of negative values of pop-up location in allegro.ini file with multiple monitors
is now supported.

Roaming Aligned with HDL


Set User Preference Variable designhdl_pan to change the behavior of the PCB Editor
roam function to align with the HDL. When enabled, the roam is performed in the same
direction as the mouse movement. The variable is located in the Display Roam category.

Missing Fillets Report


Missing fillets are no longer reported at pin/via locations when line width is equal to the joining
pad size.

October 2012
1999-2014

91

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 3(HotFix13)

RF PCB Enhancements
In this release, several enhancements have been made in RF PCB to increase productivity.

Layout Enhancements

Selecting User Specified Connect Pin

RF Routing Enhancements

Autoplace Enhancements

Discrete Library Translator Enhancements

Layout Enhancements
This module includes the enhancements in the following commands:

Modify Connectivity

Snap

Clearance

Modify Connectivity
The rf_modify_net command is enhanced to support swapping of nets on the pins of an
RF component. To use this functionality, a new option Swap pin nets is added to the Options
tab.

After pin swapping

Before pin swapping

Note: This command is disabled if Snap and Auto Shove option is checked.

October 2012
1999-2014

92

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 3(HotFix13)
Snap
In case of multiple pins, it is now easier to pick the destination pins while snapping. The
rf_snap command now displays the RF pins on the top of the drop-down list for pins. You
can also pick the destination pin directly on the canvas to confirm the snap operation.
Clearance
The filter settings are now retained by the tool when initializing clearances using
rf_ac_init command, even after the command is exited.

Selecting User Specified Connect Pin


In the SPB16.6 release, when you place, copy, edit or insert a multi-pin RF component, to
choose a connect pin you need to traverse the pins sequentially. This functionality of selecting
connect pin is enhanced to support the direct pick of the required connect pin on the dynamic
display of the RF component outline.

October 2012
1999-2014

93

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 3(HotFix13)
When inserting a multi-pin RF component, the new right-click menu Pick Connect Pin
allows you to directly pick the desired connect pin of a multi-pin RF component as shown in
the following figure.

After Picking connect pin

Before Picking connect pin

The cursor dynamics changes to reflect the selection. Choose Pick Exit Pin option to
continue the routing.
This enhancement is available in rf_add_component, rf_scaled_copy, and
rf_add_connect commands.

RF Routing Enhancements
The rf_add_connect command is enhanced to provide following usability features:

Line Width Retention

Automatic Layer Switching

Undo of Line Width Change

October 2012
1999-2014

94

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 3(HotFix13)
Line Width Retention
Till last release, you can override the line width values but they are not preserved. The
manually set values for line-widths are now saved as a global settings and available in the
drop-down list for further use.

Automatic Layer Switching


Starting from this release, the rf_add_connect command now supports dynamic layer
inheritance.
While routing with Snap to connect point, the tool now automatically selects an appropriate
routing layer, based on already placed RF components.

October 2012
1999-2014

95

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 3(HotFix13)
Undo of Line Width Change
The rf_add_connect command now restores the previous line width value while routing
with Variable line width and Snap to connect point.

Autoplace Enhancements
In the last release, grouping functionality was introduced in the schematic for defining and
managing RF groups for autoplacement in the layout.
To improve the autoplace performance, an enhancement has been made to support grouping
functionality in the layout also.
New Group menu is added for RF group creations.

The details of grouping commands are as follows:

Group Add: Attach a property (RFGROUP) to the selected components.

Group Disband: Remove the RFGROUP property from each RF component for the
specific group.

Group Exclude: Remove the RFGROUP property for selected objects.

Group Display: Highlight/report the RF components within a specific group.

October 2012
1999-2014

96

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 3(HotFix13)

Discrete Library Translator Enhancements


The Allegro Discrete Library to Agilent ADS Translator is enhanced to:

retains the unit of footprint in the output.

converts the symbol origin to Pin1location while translating Allegro library.

October 2012
1999-2014

97

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 2(HotFix6)

Whats New in 16.6 QIR 2(HotFix6)


This section contains the product notes for the 16.6 Quarterly Incremental Release (QIR) 2
of Allegro PCB Editor tools. Significant enhancements have been made in the following areas:

Route Interconnect Optimization on page 98

Productivity Enhancements on page 104

Database & Misc Enhancements on page 105

Route Interconnect Optimization


A major effort targeted at improving the productivity and efficiency aspects of the interactive
routing environment continues into the post 16.6 Quarterly Incremental Releases.

Auto-Interactive Phase Tune (AiPT) High Speed Product Option

Timing Vision High Speed Product Option

Unsupported Prototype Menu

Auto-Interactive Phase Tune (AiPT) High Speed Product Option


With an ever increasing amount of Differential Pairs associated with current Interface
protocols, design tools need to be enhanced to support the requirements related to tuning
and matching. Allegro currently supports interactive tools (delay tune and phase tune) to
perform tuning on selected Differential Pairs or stand-alone nets. The increase in Differential
Pair quantity require an auto-interactive method to perform tuning across all Differential Pairs
associated with a group or Interface.
Auto-interactive Phase Tuning (AiPT) is accessible from the Route Unsupported
Prototypes menu. It works with a set of parameters that allows you to use several options for
trace lengthening or shortening. More details can be found in the AiPT help doc located in
the Route Unsupported Prototype menu.

October 2012
1999-2014

98

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 2(HotFix6)
The following parameters support the AiPT feature.

Compensation Location (Loc)

Any - This option lets the tool place the allowed compensation technique preferably at
either end of the differential pair when trying to satisfy static phase constraints. When
working with dynamic phase constraints it could put phase compensation bumps
anywhere along the cline paths from pin-to-pin when the Allow Uncoupled Bumps
techniques is set to Yes.

High_Pin Comp - Specifies that only the end of the differential pair that connects to the
highest pin count component can be modified in the pin/via pad entry area. For example,the tool can modify the BGA end of the memory system.

Low_Pin Comp - Specifies that only the end of the differential pair that connects to the
lowest pin count component can be modified in the pin/via pad entry area. For example,
the tool can modify the DIMM end of the memory system.

Compensation Techniques

Pad Entry Shortening - This technique enables (Yes) or disables (No) the tools ability
to shorten the longer half of the pair by making modifications to the existing route pattern
only in the region from the gather point to the pin or via as it tries to match the phase
imbalance between the two halves of the pair. This technique will use the Allow offangle segs technique if enabled.

Pad Entry Lengthening - This technique enables (Yes) or disables (No) the tools ability
to lengthen the shorter half of the pair. It focuses on the region from the gather point to

October 2012
1999-2014

99

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 2(HotFix6)
the pin or via as it wraps around the pad in order to match the phase imbalance between
the two halves of the pair. This technique will use only 45 degree segments in the wrap
but it will use the Allow off-angle segs technique (if enabled). Pad Entry Lengthening
will not wrap more than 180 degrees around the pad.

Allow off-angle segs - This option allows the tool to try to create off-angle (non 45/90
degree) pad entry segments only when trying to solve the phase compensation problem.
This is frequently done in tight pin fields, or when just slight shortening of one half of the
pair is required.

Allow Gather Move - This option allows the tool to modify the actual differential pair
gather point. The use of this option when coupled with the Allow off-angle segs option
can be very effective.

Allow Uncoupled Bumps


This option and settings tell the tool to put phase compensation delay bumps into the clines
to try and bring the pair within tolerance. The values that create the bump(s) are userdefinable and the tool try to create as many bumps as needed to meet the constraints. During
processing AiPT does not push existing traces or vias to make space for phase bumps and
it does not create DRC errors with existing traces or vias.
In order to define the bumps, you have two options:

Height this key-in/pull-down value controls the size or distance that the delay
bump will spread the pair apart. It is similar to the manual version of phase
adjustment found in the Route Phase Tune command and its values can be
specified in either line width or database units.

Length this key-in/pull-down value controls the length of each delay bump
created. It is similar to the manual version of phase adjustment found in the Route
Phase Tune command and its values can be specified in either line width or
database units.

October 2012
1999-2014

100

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 2(HotFix6)
Example
The following graphic outlines a phase tune adjustment using bumps and off-angle segments.
Refer to the help document located in Unsupported Prototypes menu for many more
illustrations.

Timing Vision High Speed Product Option


Timing Vision is an environment that allows you to graphically see real-time Delay and
Phase information directly on the routing canvas. Traditionally, evaluating timing/length
related issues required numerous trips to Constraint Manager and/or use of the Show
Element command to evaluate the DRC condition. The new Timing Vision environment
uses special graphic techniques such as: custom cline coloring, stipple patterns and
customized data tip information to define the delay problem in the simplest terms possible.
You have control over the settings for these techniques, as well as when the graphics changes
occur and which nets in the design are affected. When active Timing Vision does not alter
the physical routing, or permanently affect any of the custom color code settings that have
been applied to nets, pins, vias, net-groups, etc. Timing Vision can provide immediate real
time feedback during interactive and it also enhances the ability to develop a strategy for
resolving timing on large buses or interfaces such as DDRx, PCI-Express, and so on.

October 2012
1999-2014

101

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 2(HotFix6)
To start Timing Vision you can choose Route Unsupported Prototypes Timing Vision
Timing Mode or Sphase Tol Mode menu selection. This overrides your existing color
scheme in favor of the color/stipple choices you have set in Design Parameter Editor.
Design Parameters for Timing Vision can be found in Setup Design Parameters
Route Timing Vision Folder.

Using DRC/Timing mode on an entire interface can quickly point to timing errors that may
have been caused by small routing/placement changes, or just fine tuning those final routes.
This is best on interfaces/buses that have already gone through some passes of tuning to
meet constraints.

October 2012
1999-2014

102

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 2(HotFix6)
In this picture you can quickly find the 6 signals with errors (red/yellow) and correct those
without searching through multiple constraints and/or match groups to find the problem

Refer to the help document located in the Unsupported Prototypes menu for details on the
Timing Vision environment. Before entering this environment, it is important to understand
the data settings of DRC and Smart and how they may work best for your constrained
design.

Unsupported Prototype Menu


The Route Unsupported Prototype menu is always visible beginning in the 16.6 release.
The variable is no longer required. Check this location periodically for prototype applications.

October 2012
1999-2014

103

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 2(HotFix6)

Productivity Enhancements

Highlight/Assign Color to Vias

Display-Measure support of angle between two objects

Display Segments over Voids

DRC marker Link to Constraint Manager

Expand/Contract Shape updated to support Voids

Net assignment to multiple shapes

Placement Replication support for component level pin properties

Highlight/Assign Color to Vias


The Highlight and Assign Color commands now support vias as an element for permanent
highlighting. Prior to 16.6 QIR2, vias could only be temporarily highlighted.

Display-Measure support of angle between two objects


The Display Measure command now lists the angle between two selected objects. This
may be helpful when doing offset routing.

Display Segments over Voids


A new user preference variable has been added to control the partial/missing plane coverage
checking. When enabled, the SOV application skip the checking of plane related violations.
User Preference Editor Display Seg_Over_Void - Sov_skip_plane_check

October 2012
1999-2014

104

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 2(HotFix6)

DRC marker Link to Constraint Manager


Using General Edit application mode, on hovering over a DRC you can see a new RMB
option Display DRC. The new command open CM, and highlight the DRC in CM worksheet.

Expand/Contract Shape updated to support Voids


The Expand/Contract shape command was introduced in 16.6 and was limited to shape
objects. Hover over a shape then use the context sensitive menu to access the command.
Based on the feedback, voids are now selectable for expansion and contraction. Qualifying
voids must be user-defined, not auto-generated.
Tip
Ensure the boundary subclass is visible when hovering over a user-defined void.

Net assignment to multiple shapes


Up until now, the assignment of a net was limited to a single selected shape. Using General
Edit or Etch Edit application modes, you can now pre-select multiple shapes then use the
context sensitive Assign Net command.

Placement Replication support for component level pin properties


Currently, when applying or updating a placement replication module (.mdd), pin level
properties are not updated across the module instances. If you wish to retain pin properties
in 16.6 QIR2, set the User Preference variable plc_rep_copy_attr.
User Preference Editor Placement General plc_rep_copy_attr

Database & Misc Enhancements

Database Locks

Database Tiering New Open Drawing Message

Logo Import (Symbol Editor only)

New Reports

Slot Notes

October 2012
1999-2014

105

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 2(HotFix6)

Database Locks
The database locking feature found in the File Properties menu has been enhanced to
support:

Expiration Duration (90, 180, 365, no limit)

Lock Modes

View (no save and export)

No Export

No Saving

Database Tiering New Open Drawing Message


When an Allegro database is opened, Allegro compares the current product plus options
capability against the fully licensed design. A warning message is displayed informing the
capabilities available in the design that are disabled with the current product plus options
selection.
For example, if you open a design with Micro vias present in Allegro PCB Designer, a warning
is displayed informing that Micro vias are present but are disabled.
The following capabilities are checked:

All electrical DRC modes

Diff Pair static and dynamic phase control

Pin Delay

Via Z

Constraint Regions

Micro via padstacks

Embedded layers

Dynamic fillets

If the capabilities of the design are more than current product plus options, a warning
message is generated and DRC is set out of date.
The message displayed is:

October 2012
1999-2014

106

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 2(HotFix6)
WARNING: This design has functionality disabled due to the product with options
selected. The following features are disabled: <list of features>. DRC is set out of
date.

Logo Import (Symbol Editor only)


The Symbol Editor has been enhanced to read in bit map files. The format for bit map files is
limited to .bmp. Logo Import can be found in the File Import menu and by default, the
vectorized bitmap will be written to the Board Geometry Silkscreen_Top Class/
Subclass.

New Reports

Film Area: percentage of metal added to this report.

Vias per net: new report lists quantity of vias and via types per net.

October 2012
1999-2014

107

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New in 16.6 QIR 2(HotFix6)

Vias per layer per net: new report lists via quantity, type by layer.

Slot Notes
A ?SlotNotes directive is now supported in the drill legend template (.dlt) files. If a
separate slot hole legend is requested the ?SlotNotes will appear with the legend table for
the slot hole legend.

October 2012
1999-2014

108

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in


Release 16.6
Product Version 16.6
October 2012
This document describes new features in the current and previous releases of Allegro PCB
Editor. Significant enhancements have been made in the following areas:

Route Interconnect Optimization

Productivity Enhancements

Design for Manufacturing

Team Design (Partitioning) more Flexible in 16.6

Embedded Component Design

Database & Misc Enhancements

Symbol Editor Enhancements

Preparing for the 17.0 Release

RF PCB Enhancements

To view the latest updates on hardware and software requirements, see the Allegro Platform
System Requirements. Also refer to the Migration Guide for Allegro Platform Products,
Product Version 16.6.

October 2012
1999-2014

109

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Route Interconnect Optimization

Auto-Interactive Delay Tune (AiDT) High Speed Product Option

Slide Overhaul

Offset Routing

Smart Layer Behavior for Add Connect

Disable Open Space Routing

Line Width Retention during Add Connect

Fix Cline Segments

Copy/Move Cline Segments

Unsupported Prototype Menu

Auto Interactive Convert Corner (AiCC) Unsupported Prototype

Auto-Interactive Delay Tune (AiDT) High Speed Product Option


Auto-interactive Delay Tuning reduces the time to meet timing constraints on advanced
standards-based interfaces, such as DDR3, by 30-50%. The AiDT command allows you to
rapidly adjust the timing of critical high-speed signals on an interface-by-interface basis, or
apply it at byte-lane level, reducing the need to tune the traces on a PCB. You can interactively
select clines or cline segments for tuning, AiDT then computes the required length for the
selection set to meet timing constraints. This command utilizes controlled push/shove
techniques while adding tuning patterns based on user-defined parameters.
You can invoke the AiDT command from the Route Menu. In the Etch Edit application mode,
AiDT is available from the right-click pop-up menu for Clines and Cline Segments. When in
the Flow Planning application mode, AiDT is available from the right-click pop-up menu for
Rat-bundles.
Use Models
You can use AiDT in various design scenarios using the following techniques:

October 2012
1999-2014

110

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
Single Cline Tuning
This technique is most effective when there is ample room for each cline to achieve timing,
without the need to push/shove adjacent routing around. This technique is helpful if you prefer
manually moving routing around to create space for tuning. This technique also has the
impact on existing routing, since no push/shove is allowed.
Cline Segment Tuning
Selecting individual or groups of cline segments is a very effective means to control where
elongation occurs with AiDT. Only selected segments can have elongation added and can
push/shove during the operations. All the unselected segments are considered fixed during
that operation and do not need any changes. AiDT may become limited at the junction
between selected and unselected segments where pushing cannot occur.
Match Groups
Tuning entire match group
This technique involves selecting all the clines from a match group to run at the same time.
This technique is useful if all the routing is nearby, on the same layer, and the cline count is
less than 20 signals.
Critical Signals
Critical signals are involved in a match group when running AiDT, these signals are manually
tuning signals. The longest signal in the match group dictates the overall length requirement
for the other signals. This value is computed by AiDT. The target (if there is one) controls the
timing DRCs. If the target signal does not get to its desired length during the AiDT run, this
may result in a misleading number of DRCs reported.

October 2012
1999-2014

111

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
Figure 37- Tuning entire Match group

Slide Overhaul
The revamped slide command utilizes a move-intersect algorithm that delivers smoother,
more predictable, and localized edits. This command simplifies the use model, integrating
sliding of off-angle and arc routing, and provides new options to improve efficiency.
New Options in the Slide Command:

Min Corner Size: A fill-in field for minimum 45 degree corner size allowed between two
non-parallel cline segments. This field also supports [N] x width values.

Min Arc Radius: A fill-in field for minimum arc size allowed between two cline segments.
This field supports [N] x width values. This value prevents arcs from completely
collapsing during slide operations.

Vertex Action: A drop-down field that controls the action when you select the vertex
between two segments during a slide operation or when running the Slide command. A
special vertex cursor is shown as an indication when a pick gets the vertex rather than a
segment.

Line Corner Causes the current angle at the vertex to be split and a new segment is
created. The new segment is then active on the cursor and can be modified using the
Slide command. This would allow you to change a 90 degree corner into 45 degree, or
split any other existing angle. This is very useful to cleanup 90 corners, adjust off-angle
corners, or reduce length of existing routes.

Arc Corner Causes an arc to be created at the selected vertex. The new arc is then
active on the cursor and it can be modified using the Slide command. This is very useful
to convert 90 or 45 corners to arcs.

Move (default) Causes the vertex to move as both adjacent segments are modified
using the Slide command. This is essentially a 2 segment operation.

October 2012
1999-2014

112

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

None Prevents any special action when a vertex is selected.

Auto Join This option controls the behavior when parallel cline segments meet during
a slide operation. The ON behavior of this option causes parallel cline segments to join
as they meet during the slide operation, allowing the user to continue the current
operation on larger sections of the cline. The OFF behavior of this option does not join
parallel cline segments when they meet (unless a click is made), but instead creates new
segments to connect the parallel cline segments. By default, the option is ON.
Holding the CTRL key down during the slide operation gives the opposite behavior of the
current setting on the Options form. This is useful to get the alternate behavior of Auto
Join during a single edit, without having to switch the settings in the Options tab.

Extend Selection This option preserves the connective pattern of multiple cline
segments during a slide operation. The ON behavior of this option extends the original
selection made during the slide operation to include the two cline segments adjacent to
the selection (additional segment on each side). The OFF behavior does not affect the
original selection. By default, this option is OFF.
It is recommended to use the SHIFT key for the ON behavior during specific slide
operations. Holding the SHIFT key down during the slide operation gives the opposite
behavior of the current setting on the Options form. This is useful to get the alternate
behavior of Extend Selection during a single edit, without having to switch the option
setting.
This option is very efficient for sliding tuning patterns or other multi-segment structures
when it is desired to keep the basic shape of the cline segments, without having to do a
window selection on the segments.

Arc corners Extend Selection can be used when sliding a 45/90 degree segment that
has arc corners and you want to maintain the arcs while the selected segment slides.
This option is similar to the arcs with segments option.

Offset Routing
The Add Connect Offset option is designed to primarily address the requirement to route with
non-standard angles to help minimize impedance discontinuities while routing across
fiberglass substrates.
Function Keys

TAB Key system defined key used to switch between a soft bend (1st angle increment)
and a hard turn (2nd angle increment). Each time you hit the TAB key, it will flip to the
other angle.

October 2012
1999-2014

113

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

funckey a "pop flip" - consider creating a user defined function assignment to help you
toggle between conventional and offset routing. The letter a is used as an example.

Smart Layer Behavior for Add Connect


When using the Add Connect command, the active layer field will now automatically
synchronize to that of a single visible layer. Previously, any visibility adjustment to limit the
display to a single etch layer would require an adjustment to the active layer as well.

October 2012
1999-2014

114

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Disable Open Space Routing


By default, the Add Connect command generates routes when a pick is made on database
elements like pins or vias but also when a pick is made in open or black space. Designers
who push the mouse fast and hard frequently make false picks and are forced to Oops out of
the command and then refine the pick to a logical element like a pin or rat line. Some
designers may embrace the open space pick concept when interconnect strategies call for
partial routing of buses or interfaces. Since there is no clear preference on the default
behavior, a solution driven by a user preference variable is offered. When enabled, the Add
Connect command rejects any picks made that are not associated with database elements
like rat lines, pins, vias, segments, or shapes. The variable setting does not affect multi-line
route which is designed to work by making a pick in open space.
You can set the variable acon_disable_nullnet_route in Route Connect in the User
Preference Editor dialog box.

Line Width Retention during Add Connect


Currently, user line width overrides are permitted during the Add Connect command but are
reset back to constraint-driven when the command is completed. The16.6 release maintains
the user setting until they are manually reset. The line width override now appears in blue to
represent an override state. You can easily reset to constraint mode by selecting Constraint
from the drop-down menu.

October 2012
1999-2014

115

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Fix Cline Segments


The fix command now supports segment based database elements. The command is
supported in the verb-noun editing model or in the General or Etch Edit application modes.

Note: Consider using Stipple overlays to distinguish fixed from non-fixed elements.

Copy/Move Cline Segments


The Copy and Move commands are enhanced to support cline segments and other segment
database elements.

Unsupported Prototype Menu


The Route - Unsupported Prototype menu is added in 16.6 release. The variable support
to access the unsupported menus is no longer required. You can check this location
periodically for prototype applications.
Auto Interactive Convert Corner (AiCC) Unsupported Prototype
Routing trends associated with high speed interfaces point to an increase in Arc-based
cornering requirements. The Auto Interactive Convert Corner (AiCC) command improves
user efficiency for converting route corners in the Allegro design whether they be are single
ended or differential pair based. As with AiDT, you have full control of advanced GRE
functionality from the Allegro canvas. You can interactively select nets, clines, or segments for
conversion to Arc, 45, or 90 degree corners.

October 2012
1999-2014

116

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
Command
You can run the Auto Interactive Convert Corner command from the Route
Unsupported Prototypes Menu.
Options
The following options are available while running the AiCC command.

Convert Type: Conversion options of Arc, 45, and 90 degrees

Allow in cns areas: This allows you to control if corner conversion should be performed
inside constraint regions. By default this option is set to Yes.

Preferred Radius Size: Set to desired radius when Convert Type of Arc is enabled.

Min Radius: Minimum acceptable radius when Convert Type of Arc is enabled.

Preferred Corner Size: Set to desired corner size when Convert Type of 45 is enabled.

Min Corner Size: Minimum acceptable corner size when Convert Type of 45 is enabled.

Allow DRCs: DRCs are permitted for corner conversions.

Find Filter
AiCC can be run on existing Nets, Clines or Segments. Hierarchical Groups may also be
used to select clines (e.g. Net Classes, Diff Pairs)
Reporting
A viewlog file reports corners that failed to convert.
Figure 3-8 Diff Pair corner conversion to Arc

October 2012
1999-2014

117

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Productivity Enhancements
This section lists the enhancements made to enhance the productivity in the Allegro PCB
Editor.

Component Alignment updates

Place Replicate support of Text

Quickplace - Overlap Components

Symbol Instance Refresh

Parameterized Cornering for Rectangular Shapes

Shape Expansion/Contraction

Add Circle - Ease of Use Improvements

Change Radius of Line Drawn Circle

Thermal width for Xhatch shapes

Shape Updating

Shape Messaging

Embedded Net Names

Rat Display End in View Only

Show Measure Support for Dual Units

Multiple Constraint Region Assignments

Move Lines and Text outside Existing Class Structure

Snap Pick to updates

Status Bar updates

Select by Lasso or Path

Highlight Nets associated with Component

Split Plane Association

DRC by Window

Replace Padstack Enhancements

October 2012
1999-2014

118

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Component Alignment updates


Component Alignment was introduced in SPB 16.3 and now enhanced in 16.6 to support the
following new options.
Alignment Edge

When aligning vertically, select left or right as the edge to base the alignment on.

When aligning horizontally, select top or bottom as the edge to base alignment on.

Spacing Options

Use DFA Constraints - Compresses components in the selection set to the minimum DFA
spacing distance.

Equal Spacing - algorithm computes space between the first and last component of the
selection set then divides by the number of components resulting in an equalized spacing
gap between each component. Use the increment/decrement controls to adjust
component spacing real time.

Place Replicate support of Text


The Place Replicate application now supports the processing of component reference
designators. The work performed in customizing assembly text or silkscreen to the seed
circuit can now be leveraged across the replicated modules.

Quickplace - Overlap Components


Quickplace is an application used to quickly scatter components around the perimeter of the
design or to a room location. By default, components are placed not to overlap each other.
As a result, the application may fail to place components if space is not available. A new
control option, Overlap components by is introduced to improve completion percentages.
You can control the amount of overlap. The default value is seeded at 50%.

October 2012
1999-2014

119

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Symbol Instance Refresh


Support for refreshing a symbol instance is now available in Place Edit Application Mode.
Hover the mouse pointer over a symbol then use the RMB context sensitive menu to access
the Refresh Symbol Instance command. At a particular stage in the design, data related to
the symbol(s) may have been deleted; typically the silkscreen outline or text nodes. Perhaps
on a board re-spin, conditions change making it favorable to restore the deleted outline/text
of specific symbols but not all.

Parameterized Cornering for Rectangular Shapes


The Shape - Add Rectangle command is enhanced to support cornering options of
Chamfer and Round. You can control the corner length/radius using either Explicit Length
values or as a Percentage of the Short Edge. When adding a rectangular shape, you have
the option to interactively draw the rectangle or use the new Place Rectangle using
parameterized entries for width and height.

October 2012
1999-2014

120

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Shape Expansion/Contraction
The ability to contract or expand a shape is available using the General Edit Application Mode.
Hover the mouse pointer over the shape then use RMB context sensitive menu to access the
Expand/Contract command. Use +/- buttons to incrementally change the shape size.

Add Circle - Ease of Use Improvements


The following ease of use updates are made to commands associated with adding a circle.
Relevant commands include Add Circle, Shape Circular and Shape Manual Void
Circular.
Circle creation options

Draw Circle mouse guided circle creation

Place Circle user guided placement of parameterized circle

Center / Radius place parameterized circle at x,y coordinate

Change Radius of Line Drawn Circle


Use General Edit Application mode to easily change the radius of an instantiated line drawn
circle. Hover the mouse pointer over a circle then use the RMB to access the Change
Radius command.

Thermal width for Xhatch shapes


A new dynamic shape option aligns thermal spoke widths used for cross hatch shape
applications to that of the line widths used for the actual shape hatching. Normally the thermal
October 2012
1999-2014

121

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
line width is controlled by the MINIMUM_LINE_WIDTH property associated with the net. If
the property value changes, the thermal width would be updated. A Flex PCB Designer can
now set this option and maintain the integrity of the copper hatched region regardless of line
width updates forced by the schematic or property overrides.

October 2012
1999-2014

122

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Shape Updating
New shape update control is available in the Global Dynamic Shape Parameter dialog
box. It is designed to force an update on all dynamic shapes.

Shape Messaging
A warning message is provided about lost voids when changing a static shape to a dynamic
shape.

Embedded Net Names


A new graphical display option embeds net names within the cline path, pins, shapes and flow
lines. Useful in just about any PCB application, the display of net names will be extremely
valuable for those involved in design reviews or board debug. This feature is enabled by
default in all PCB products and does require Open GL to be enabled. The visibility controls

October 2012
1999-2014

123

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
for traces, pins and shapes are available by accessing the Setup Design Parameters
Display form.

Rat Display End in View Only


A new ratsnest display option is designed to reduce the density of rat display in the
workspace. Rats seen as pass through, ones not terminating to a pin in view are
automatically filtered from the display.

Show Measure Support for Dual Units


The Show Measure command now displays results in database and alternate units. To see
the alternate unit enable the user preference variable showmeasure_altunits.

October 2012
1999-2014

124

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
Show Measure also supports a measurement between padstacks even if a common layer
does not exist. (16.5 ISR) This will be helpful when measuring mask related geometry to
conductor.

Multiple Constraint Region Assignments


Multiple region shapes can now be assigned to a single region constraint object. Using
General edit application mode, pre-select region shapes then use the context sensitive RMB
menu to access the Assign to region command.

Move Lines and Text outside Existing Class Structure


Lines and text can now be moved outside their present Class-Subclass structure. In previous
releases, workarounds using clip board were necessary to accomplish this task. Hover the
mouse pointer over the line, text or rectangular element then use the RMB to access the
Change Class/Subclass command. Select a new class then one of the subclasses within
the Class structure from the popup dialog.

Snap Pick to updates

The snap pick to function is now available on the Edit Vertex RMB menu.

Additional snap elements have been added to the RMB menu

Rectangle Edge Vertex

October 2012
1999-2014

125

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Rectangle Edge Midpoint

Rectangle Edge

Shape Center

Symbol Center

Status Bar updates


In 16.5, functional responses could be obtained by clicking fields in the status bar. The 16.6
includes:

Color Swatches have been added adjacent to subclass names

A selection of a subclass now automatically enables the visibility of subclass (if


previously disabled)

October 2012
1999-2014

126

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Select by Lasso or Path


Two new selection options are available with commands that normally support temp groups;
move or highlight for example. If working in an application mode, you can access these
selection options from RMB Selection Set.

Highlight Nets associated with Component


A simplified method to highlight or dehighlight all nets associated with a component is offered
in all applications modes. Hover over a symbol(s) then use the RMB to access the Highlight
associated nets command. Nets assigned the DC Voltage property are ignored.

Split Plane Association


Net associations to split planes are now stored in the database. This reduces chance of error
when re-generating split planes on positive or negative layer. The former use model required
re-assignment of net during command which was error prone and cumbersome.
When a split plane is regenerated, the net choice dialog for each shape is set to the default
net that will be assigned to the shape. If you click OK it confirms the net assignment to the
shape. If you wish to select a different net, then select the * in the drop-down and then select
the correct shape.
If Cancel is selected in the net selection dialog, a confirmation dialog with two choices will
appear.

Click OK to allow the system to automatically assign nets to the remaining shapes based
on database association.

Click Cancel to set all remaining shapes to dummy nets.

October 2012
1999-2014

127

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

DRC by Window
The DRC by Window command is an alternative to running DRC update at the full design
level. As the name suggests, the command is limited to checking the elements within the
extents of a user defined selection window. On large, highly constrained designs where
database performance is problematic, one can simply disable On-line DRC mode if favor of
this On-demand method.
The DRC by Window command is located in Tools Window DRC or available from the
Toolbar.

Replace Padstack Enhancements

The Replace Padstack command is now available as a context menu item when the
selection set consists of mixed padstack instances. Prior to 16.6, the selection set would
have to be limited to common padstacks. This is available in General Edit Application
mode.

The Options Panel now supports Ignore FIXED property.

The Pin Number field has been enhanced to support a range of values

October 2012
1999-2014

128

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Design for Manufacturing

IPC-2581 Data Transfer Standard

Artwork / Film Records Enhancements

NC Drill Enhancements

NC Route Enhancements

Thieving Enhancements

Associative Dimensioning Updates

Change Line Font

IPC-2581 Data Transfer Standard


Allegro PCB Editor now has the ability to export and import PCB design data in the IPC-2581
format. The IPC-2581 export allows users to extract PCB design data for manufacturing
where artwork, NC drill, NC route, test, and BOM are combined into one single file. Based on
the IPC 2581 standard, the user may select the specific types of data to be exported based
on the function, such as fabrication, assembly, or test. IPC-2581 data produced by Allegro
PCB Editor may also be viewed by using one of the free IPC 2581 viewers available on the
IPC 2581 Consortiums web site (http://www.ipc2581.com/index.php/ipc-2581-files).
Allegro also supports the import of IPC 2581 data for the purposes of viewing the generated
artwork and comparing that data to the existing film record layers. For more information on
the IPC 2581 standard visit the IPC web site at http://webstds.ipc.org/2581/2581intro.htm.
IPC-2581 provides a 21st century approach to transferring PCB design data to manufacturing
through an open, neutral, global standard. To learn more about the IPC-2581 Consortium, its
charter, to find out who the members are, visit http://www.ipc2581.com.
Benefits of using IPC-2581 for transferring PCB design data to manufacturing includes:

Cost savings through an efficient transfer mechanism (instead of dealing with myriads
of files).

Elimination of unnecessary iterations between design and supply companies.

Improved chances of first pass success.

October 2012
1999-2014

129

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Artwork / Film Records Enhancements

Artwork films can now be designated by domain where they appear. There are four
domains available; Artwork, PDF, IPC2581 and Visibility. Access the User Interface
by clicking on Domain Selection

New Draw Holes Only option available in film record form. PIN and/or VIA CLASS
layers must be specified for the film to control which holes are plotted, and the option is
not allowed with ETCH layers in the film. The hole that is plotted is a true size hole, and
oval or rectangular slot holes are shown with their true shape as well.

RS274X now supports output of shape with voids overlapping other shapes. No error is
generated. aborting film - Shape with first segment has a void with extents that touches
another shape with first segment

Film names have been increased from 17 to a maximum of 47 characters.

Artwork by default will suppress Null pads when unused pad suppression is enabled.

Photoplot.log now has a warning if un-defined line width is set to 0.

For new designs initial artwork parameters now defaults to same unit type as board

Artwork by default will suppress Null pads when unused pad suppression is enabled

NC Drill Enhancements
Creating new drill data will now report the number of holes to the allegro status line. This was
previously reported to just the log file.

October 2012
1999-2014

130

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

NC Route Enhancements

Separate plated versus non-plated files - An option has been added to the NC Route user
interface to specify that separate output files are desired for plated versus non-plated
routing. When this option is enabled, non-plated routing for both the board and slot holes
will continue to be output to a <name>.rou file, while plated routing for both the board
and slot holes will now be output to a new <name>_plated.rou file. When disabled, all
NC Routes will continue to be output to the single <name>.rou file.

Auto-generate tool codes and sizes - The current NC Route functionality requires that the
user supply an ncroutebits.txt file that specifies the EXCELLON format tool codes and
sizes that will be needed for the routing of board paths and/or slot holes of a design. This
requires that the user has detailed knowledge of the routing requirements of the design,
and also that the tool sizes need to be in the specified in the EXCELLON format output
units as opposed to the more familiar units of the design in question. In 16.6, if an
ncroutebits.txt file is NOT found, the tool code and size information will be automatically
determined and used. The information will also be output to an ncroutebits_auto.txt file
for reference, similar to the nc_tools_auto.txt file generated by NC Drill in the same
situation. The ncroutebits_auto.tx file itself will never be read as currently named by NC
Route. It could be renamed though to ncroutebits.txt for any subsequent executions of
NC Route to bypass the auto-generation.

Thieving Enhancements

Thieving outline - New Rectangle option added to list. If selected, the user is required
to make only two digitalizations of a rubber-banded rectangle.

Thieving style - A new Line setting has been added to the existing ones of Circle and
Rectangle. The fill elements will be created as actual cline/line segment entities as
opposed to via entities for Circle or Rectangle. The options settings for both Size X and
Size Y must be specified where the lesser value will be the width of the segment, and the
greater value the length of the segment. Therefore horizontal or vertical segments can
be specified as fill elements, but not angled segments.

Note: The rounded endpoints of the segment are added to the specified length value.

All etch layers - The specified thieving will be re-generated and added for each positive
etch layer of the design.

All soldermask layers - The specified thieving will be re-generated and added for each
soldermask layer of the design.

October 2012
1999-2014

131

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Associative Dimensioning Updates

Customized Dimension Text The options form for the various types of dimension
creation and Change text now supports a Text field in addition to the standard Value
field. Essentially any user entered Text string overrides the computed value that is
normally applied. Any alphanumeric characters are allowed in the specified Text string.
For example, one could create a linear dimension with value text of 'XYZ' by entering it
in the Text field. The Text field supports the following formats for entry.

Table 3-1 Updates for Associative Dimensioning


%v

Insert the actual dimension value in the text. Either the


normal computed value, or the Value typein override if one
was specified.

%u

Insert the appropriate units indicator in the text for the


dimension value (e.g. 'IN' for inches or 'MM' for millimeters).

%%

A guaranteed way to get an actual '%' character in the


string, especially if the next character is otherwise a
recognized substring insertion.

October 2012
1999-2014

132

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
EXAMPLE

XYZ

XYZ

Value is %v

Value is 1.0

Value is %v %u

Value is 1.0 IN

%v%u

1.0IN

%v is the value

1.0 is the value

Balloon Dimension update Instance parameter support is now available for balloon
leaders. This allows different types of balloons (circles, squares ) to be used in the
same design.

Change Line Font


The ability to change line font is available in General Edit Application Mode. Hover over a line
then use the RMB context sensitive menu to access the Change Line Font command.

October 2012
1999-2014

133

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Team Design (Partitioning) more Flexible in 16.6


New features associated with Physical Team Design are intended to reduce the number
of.DPF (design partition file) import/export iterations the PCB Design team experiences in the
typical physical team design flow. By permitting Partition Designers to place and route across
partition boundaries as well as having constraint editing privileges, design schedules can be
significantly reduced as a result of less interrupts in the flow.

Flexible Boundaries

Constraint Editing

Differences Report

ECO Wizard

Flexible Boundaries
Designed to reduce the number of iterations between the Master and Partition Designers, its
now possible for Partition Designers to move components or route signals outside their
respective boundaries. The Master Designer controls whether boundaries are flexible
enabling the new Workflow manager option called Soft Boundary. This behavior is an all or
none condition for the team.
Prior to 16.6, components could always be moved outside the boundary of a partition to allow
the user more space to work in the partition, but when the partition was exported back to the
Master Designer, components outside the boundary were ignored. When soft boundaries are
enabled those components moved outside will now be saved during the export.

Constraint Editing
Partition Designers are now permitted to edit Physical, Spacing and Electrical Constraints.
The Master Designer controls whether constraint editing privileges are granted to the team
by enabling the new Workflow manager option called Edit_cns. This behavior is also an all
or none situation.
Design level constraint editing is not permitted in partition databases.

October 2012
1999-2014

134

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Differences Report
Compare constraints differences between Master and Partition files using the CNS_Report
function available in the Workflow Manager.

ECO Wizard
Available in the workflow manager, the ECO wizard is designed to help streamline the
process involving new netlist submits. This entails importing all outstanding partition
databases, netlist import then re-export of partition files.

October 2012
1999-2014

135

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Embedded Component Design


With increased market demands for smaller and lighter products, improved performance and
higher speeds, it may become necessary to consider the embedding of passive or even active
components within the inner substrates of the PCB. Phase I of Embedded Component
Design was introduced in the 16.5 release. It offers mounting methodologies of direct and
indirect attachments. Phase II enhancements in 16.6 include:

Dual Side Contact Components

Vertically Placed Components

2 Layer PCB Support

Suppression of Unassigned Indirect Vias

New Embedded Cavity DRCs

Dual Side Contact Components


The use of dual-sided contact components when placed on internal layers of the PCB allows
connections to be made from either side of the device. One of the benefits of using this
emerging technology is the reduction of core vias that may have been used to make
connections from the component to either side of the PCB. Symbols targeted for dual side
applications must have the property DUAL_SIDED_COMPONENT applied in the Allegro
Symbol Editor. The associated padstacks of the symbol must have a begin and end layer pad
defined.
When the symbol with the dual sided property is placed, the begin pad defined in the
padstack definition is mapped to the inner layer the component is placed on. The alternate
pad, defined as the end pad at the definition level, is mapped to the layer closest to the top of
the component based on the component height.
Existing Allegro embedded setup methodologies are fully supported; direct or indirect attach
as well as body up/down. Since the stackup is unlikely to be constructed with material

October 2012
1999-2014

136

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
thickness that aligns with the component height, its likely the indirect attach method is used
for this technology.

Vertically Placed Components


The DUAL_SIDED_COMPONENT property can be leveraged to support vertical component
applications. Apply the property DUAL_SIDED_COMPONENT to the symbol definition.
Assuming a two pin component, map pin 1 & 2 to unique padstacks each with a Begin or End
layer pad defined. The base layer is established using the Embedded Layer Setup form.
The alternate layer pin is determined based on the value of the package height and stackup
construction.

2 Layer PCB Support


By default, the Top and Bottom stackup layers do not support the placement of embedded
components. When an attempt is made to change Embedded Status to either Body up or
Body down, the system will prompt the user accordingly. To help facilitate the requirement
for placing components between the Top and Bottoms layers, Allegro now supports the
placing of components directly on the dielectric layer. This requires the user to name the
dielectric layer(s) prior to invoking the Embedded Layer Setup form.

October 2012
1999-2014

137

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Suppression of Unassigned Indirect Vias


The suppression of unassigned indirect vias is now supported by assigning the property
EMB_INDIRECT_VIA_SUPPRESS to the Component Definition, Component Instance or
Symbol Pin. If a component is placed on an Indirect Attached embedded layer, this new
property suppresses ALL via pads associated with the component if the PIN is not on a
named net. The indirect attach via pads will only be restored if:

The symbol pin changes to a named net

The symbol is moved to a layer which is not indirect attach

The property is removed

New Embedded Cavity DRCs


Max cavity size and max cavity component count were offered as reports in 16.5 and are now
available as DRCs in 16.6. Fab houses supporting embedded component manufacturing offer
design guidelines on cavity usage.

October 2012
1999-2014

138

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Database & Misc Enhancements

Pastemask update

Generic Tech File (Cross Section Neutral)

Net Group Constraint Object

New Design Defaults

Find Filter update

Plotting Improvements

Buried/Blind via Generator update

Design Re-Use Modules

New Variables

New Properties

Modified Properties

Reports

IDF Out

Fabmaster Output

Symbol Export

New Extracta command line options

New DBdoctor command line options

New Dbstat command line options

Switchversion

Dump Libraries

Data Migration

Downrev to 16.5

Database Diary

Performance Improvements

Skill Enhancements

October 2012
1999-2014

139

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Pastemask update
The Pastemask to Pastemask DRC now checks the Package Geometry/Pastemask_top
shapes of the same symbol.

Generic Tech File (Cross Section Neutral)


A generic tech file is comprised of 4 by-layer values for all Physical and Spacing CSet
constraints. These 4 values are not defined for any specific layer name but are associated
with the layer types (Top, Internal Signal, Internal Plane, and Bottom). When the generic tech
file is imported into a design, the values will populate all layers of the appropriate type in the
target design. For example:

Layer Type (in Generic Tech File)

Layer (in target Design)

Top

TOP

Internal Signal

SIG1, SIG2, SIG3, SIG4

Internal Plane

PWR, GND

Bottom

BOT

When considering this style of tech file, it may be best to use the export function to create the
base tech file. The graphic below is from the File Export Tech File command in
Constraint Manager, The configure UI can be used to map specific layers to the Generic
Types of Top, Internal signal, Internal plane or Bottom.

October 2012
1999-2014

140

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Net Group Constraint Object


A new net grouping mechanism has been added in 16.6 called NET_GROUP. Essentially, the
NET GROUP replaces the BUS object. Cadence recommends that back-end tools (Allegro,
APD and SIP) migrate to NET_GROUPS over BUSES and reserve bus groups to the frontend tools. While back-end users can still create the BUS constraint object using Edit Property,
those created in the front-end Cadence tools will be marked as read-only in the back-end
tools (you will not be able to delete them or add or delete members).
The Net Class is still supported and should be regarded as a relational constraint object.

New Design Defaults


New designs can be automatically seeded with a default template design or just default units/
accuracy. A template design can contain anything; units/accuracy, parameters (including
colors), constraints or physical data. To utilize a default template design methodology, place
in a location specified by the wizard_template_path variable a design of the format:

new_default.<ext>

where <ext> is one of brd, dra, pad, mcm, or sip

example = new_default.brd

You can instead choose to set only default units and accuracy in new designs by using
environment variables. Refer to the new_design section of the User Preference Editor.
The simplest approach is to use the new_units and new_accuracy to set the starting units
for all design types. You can also set unit/accuracy by product types via additional env
variables (Allegro, APD, cdnsip, pad_designer).

Find Filter update


The find by name section of the Find Filter has been updated to support hierarchical
database objects. (Match group, Net group, Net class, Pin pair, Diff Pair, Region)

Plotting Improvements
PDF now supports the mirror setting in the artwork film record. (16.5 ISR)
Windows plot setup parameters now detects Allegro design units change and adjusts its
settings.

October 2012
1999-2014

141

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Buried/Blind via Generator update


Both the auto and manual bbvia generation dialogs now can support generation of uvia
padstacks in products that support uvias.

Design Re-Use Modules

Import/export module will now preserve fillets when the manual fillet model is enabled in
the design.

5X Support - Design Reuse modules can be stored in the appropriate 5x physical view
that corresponds to its schematic design section. This feature is enabled by default and
is the first location searched for design reuse (mdd) files. It can be disabled by setting the
env variable modules_no_5x_support.

To use Allegro must read the .cpm file (via Allegro's -proj command line option) having
Allegro start from projmgr. Allegro searches all libraries defined to locate the available set of
.mdd files. Each physical view directory can specify at most one module (.mdd) file. In the
.mdd file the current mdd is specified by the master.tag present in the view directory. The
contents of this file must be the mdd file to use. We ignore the file extension since users
sometime keep a brd with the same name in this directory. Example you have a module called
ddr.mdd in the view. You need to have a master.tag in the same directory containing the
name ddr.mdd or ddr.brd (or even ddr.mcm).

New Variables

place_text_filename - allows overriding default output file name associated with the
export placement function.

showmeasure_altunits Enable to have Show Measure report dual units.

ok_net_one_pin - Single and No Pin net report now supports this net level property
to suppress the report of nets where this is OK.

dump_library_directory - dump libraries now allows the user to specify via this
variable, where its output should be stored. Ideally this should be a location relative to
current project directory.

wizard_template_path source location for template files (.brd, .pad, .mcm,


.sip, .dra).

new_template_with_last_design - Restores 16.5 capability by using the units and


accuracy of the previous design to seed a new design.

allegro_new_accuracy specifies database accuracy on new boards.

October 2012
1999-2014

142

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

allegro_new_units specifies database units on new boards.

modules_no_5x_support Disables re-use module 5X physical flow.

New Properties

OK_NET_ONE_PIN - Single and No Pin net report now supports a net level property to
suppress the report of nets where this is OK.

DUAL_SIDED_COMPONENT embedded component property for dual side contact. It


can be added in the symbol editor at the design level and when the symbol is compiled
into a psm it will be promoted to the definition.

EMB_INDIRECT_VIA_SUPPRESS use to removal symbol pins from embedded


components (indirect attach method)

DYN_XHATCH_THERM_WIDTH - property set on the dynamic shape to allow crosshatched dynamic shapes generate thermal clines widths based upon the shape's cross
hatch width. You should normally control this property via the Dynamic Shape dialogs.

Modified Properties

VIA_AT_SMD_THRU - can now be added to pins in Symbol Editor

LIBRARY_PATH - now visible (it existed in previous releases as a hidden property). It is


a string value present on symbol definitions and modules (new for 16.6). It is used by the
Symbol Library Path Report. For module databases (mdd) created with 16.6, this
property is present at the design level and reports the board, mcm, or sip file location that
was used to create the mdd file.

All properties that were supported at the BUS level are also now supported in the
NET_GROUP level. Many of these properties support constraints.

IC_DESIGN_NET_NAME (SIP and APD) - now supported on a component and function


definitions.

IDX_EXCLUDE - can now be added to rectangles and shapes.

Reports

Single and No Pin net report now supports net level property (OK_NET_ONE_PIN) to
suppress the report of nets where this is OK.

Net Loop Detects loops or redundant circuitry associated with single or multiple layer
etch configurations. DC nets and nets with over 100 pins are excluded from processing.

October 2012
1999-2014

143

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

IDF Out
The panel outline has been added to the filter list of objects that can be excluded during IDF
Export.

Fabmaster Output
The File Export menu now supports Fabmaster out.

Symbol Export
SiP-based feature Symbol Export to Spreadsheet now available in PCB Editor.

New Extracta command line options


-A: list all database attachments,
-a <name>: extract specified database attachment.
-l <logname>: override extract.log file name and location

New DBdoctor command line options


-shape_update - update out of date dynamic shapes
-force_shape_update - force update of all dynamic shapes
Note: DBdoctor now creates a backup when used in uprev mode.

New Dbstat command line options


-e - report editing time and who saved the design last

Switchversion
On Windows, Switchversion's file association option now works with UAC enabled.

October 2012
1999-2014

144

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Dump Libraries
Dump libraries now allows the user to specify via an env variable,
dump_library_directory, where its output should be stored. Ideally this should be a
location relative to current project directory.
Product Selectors

The Product Chooser User Interface now supports license caching to improve startup
performance. This requires enabling the variable allegro_license_caching.

The variable license_nolegacy when set will filter from the Toolswap command any
product with legacy in its name. This is also available in 16.5.

User Defined Product Packages - SPB Marketing implemented a new product packaging
scheme in 16.5 that defined a base product and multiple options. Previous releases
product packaging was based upon a tiered set of products where product options were
secondary. CAD administrators have expressed a desire to package the base product
with one or more options into single product. For example, this allows them to recreate
the Allegro PCB XL product present in previous releases. It also lessens the possibility
that there users might select the wrong mix of options for their design work. Basic
requirements include following:

A customer site based product configuration file based upon CDS_SITE:


license_packages_<product>.txt

where <product> is executable name (e.g.Allegro, APD or cdnsip)

Example: for PCB Allegro - license_packages_allegro.txt

Locate the file via CDS_SITE methodology; specifically via Allegro PATH variable
LOCALPATH (default) which has the resolution:

<HOME>/pcbenv

<CDS_SITE>/pcb

(also called ALLEGRO_SITE)

The configuration file allows the user to specify one or more User Product Packages
that consist of:

A user product name

A base Cadence product

Zero or more Cadence options that are available for the base Cadence product.

October 2012
1999-2014

145

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

The UI shows customer configurations (exclude default Cadence


configurations) in the Cadence Product Chooser.

User Config file for above example

#filternocadence
Package Acme PCB XL
License Allegro_performance
Option Allegro_PCB_Highspeed_Option
Option Allegro_PCB_Mini_Option
Package Acme PCB Highspeed
License Allegro_performance
Option Allegro_PCB_Highspeed_Option

Data Migration

Obsolete environment variables display_shapefill &


display_shapefill_analysis are removed from the User Preference Editor
form.

October 2012
1999-2014

146

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Allegro is more aggressive in preventing VOLTAGE nets being added to BUS and
MATCH_GROUP objects since it may cause performance problems.

Disallow the backslash (\) as part of net names. An environment variable,


legacy_character_set can be set to enable the old mode.

A new net grouping mechanism has been added in 16.6 called NET_GROUPS. Cadence
recommends back-end tools (Allegro, APD and SIP) migrate to NET_GROUPS over
BUSES and reserve bus groups to the front-end tools. While back-end users can still
create buses, those created in the front-end Cadence tools will be marked as read-only
in the back-end tools (you will not be able to delete them or add or delete members).

Downrev to 16.5
Downrev to SPB16.5 is supported from the File Export menu. As always, carefully
consider the impact of downrev before commitment.

Database Diary
The database diary is now available in the PCB Editor. (currently in APD/SiP products)
It can be used to maintain user comments related to design activity and milestones.
You can access this command from Tools Database Diary.

October 2012
1999-2014

147

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Performance Improvements
~ 2x improvement with Testprep and Autosilk commands.

Skill Enhancements
As always you should check <cdsroot>/share/pcb/examples/skill/DOC for what
new functions are available in this release.
Multiline Skill input is now supported in the Skill development window. This is useful if you
need to cut-n-paste a Skill code block into this Window. The more> prompt in the Skill window
indicates that you are in multi-line mode. If you accidentally enter this mode and need to
return to normal Skill input hit the Esc key followed by Enter. Typical means of entering this
mode are due to mismatch parenthesis or double quotes.

October 2012
1999-2014

148

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Symbol Editor Enhancements

Renumber Symbol Pins

Symbol Editor - Import .CSV pin files

Renumber Symbol Pins


The Symbol Editor has been enhanced with a new utility designed to automatically renumber
pins based on positional qualifiers. The path to the utility is Layout Renumber Pins.

October 2012
1999-2014

149

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Symbol Editor - Import .CSV pin files


The Symbol Editor now supports both exporting and importing of pin based .CSV files. The
format of the file supports: pin number, padstack name, x position, y position, rotation, text
offset x, text offset y, text rotate, mirror.

October 2012
1999-2014

150

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Preparing for the 17.0 Release


This release (16.6) will be the last version that will allow designs (boards, mcm, symbols and
padstacks) created in releases earlier then 11.0 to be upreved to the current release. For
these old design versions, you must have an OS (Sparc Solaris or AIX) with a Cadence
Allegro install to successfully perform a uprev of designs older than 11.0. With 17.0, Cadence
will still be able to uprev these old customer designs but even this capability will be
discontinued when 16.6 is EOL.
As part of 17.0 adoption, if you have pre-11.0 designs you may need to access, you should
either:

Uprev these designs to16.0 if you plan to have a need to continue to access them.

Provision a legacy system (Sparc or AIX) with 16.6 and preserve it as a uprev system.

Tips:

The batch program, dbstat, can be used to report the version of any Allegro database. It
supports wildcards so it can be used to report the version of all databases in one
directory.

The batch programs, uprev and uprev_overwrite, can be used to bring databases up
to the current Allegro software version. They both support a recursion option (see
documentation) that allows them descend a directory hierarchy, updating any Allegro
designs found.

None of the these batch programs requires a Cadence license.

As a summary of the initial Allegro release supported on a per platform is listed below.
These platforms will be unable to open or uprev a database older than their first release
number.

Platform

First Release

Sparc

1.0

Windows

11.0

Linux

14.0

AIX

4.0

October 2012
1999-2014

151

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

RF PCB Enhancements
In this release several enhancements have been made in RF PCB to increase your
productivity.

Layout Enhancements

Autoplace Enhancements

Via Exchange Between Allegro PCB Editor and ADS

Miscellaneous Enhancements

Layout Enhancements
A major enhancement is made for snapping. In 16.5, when you snap an RF component to a
non-RF component pad, you can only snap to the connecting point (usually is the center of
the pad). Sometimes users want to connect RF components with non-RF components at the
edge of a pad. This results in many RF commands need to be enhanced to support the
snapping to pad edge functionality. This module includes:

Snap Enhancements

Add Connect Enhancements

Modify Connectivity Enhancements

Add Component Enhancements

Scaled Copy Enhancements

Single Segment Connection

Route with Any Angle Bend

Snap Enhancements
You can use this functionality to snap an RF component to a non-RF component, or a nonRF component to an RF component or even a non-RF component to another non-RF
component based on the connectivity.
There is a Snap to pad edge check box on the form which is used for snapping to a specific
edge of a pad.

October 2012
1999-2014

152

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
Note: When you snap a non-RF pad edge to another non-RF pad edge, this may result in
violations for manufacturing/assembly, so youve to manually check all those violations.

You can also select some components as a temp group to snap together. During the snap
command, RMB select Temp Group and then click a pin to snap, the whole temp group will
be moved together.

In 16.6, you are able to snap a component from outside of the outline to inside of the outline
or snap a component from the inside of the outline to the outside of the outline.

October 2012
1999-2014

153

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
The use model for the snapping pad edge is a little different from the original snapping
functionality, once the Snap to pad edge option is checked, the direction for Fix source
component or Fix destination component will be disabled. The source component will be
attached to your mouse and you need to move your mouse close to the destination
component pad edge.
RF to non-RF
Click the RF component pin firstly and the RF component will be attached to your mouse,
move your mouse close to the non-RF component pad, the RF component will be snapped
to the edge of non-RF component pin. You can change the edge by moving your mouse close
to a different edge of the pad, the dynamic path will show for you and you can click to place
the RF component and the RF component will be connected with the non-RF component at
the edge of the non-RF component pad. During the moving process, you can see the
ratsnests for the connectivity.

October 2012
1999-2014

154

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
Non-RF to RF/non-RF
Select an edge of the non-RF component pad and the non-RF component will be attached to
your mouse, move your mouse close to the RF component pin (refer to the ratsnest) and the
non-RF component will be moved and snapped to the RF component, click to place the nonRF component.

Add Connect Enhancements


The Add Connect command is enhanced to support snapping to pad edge functionality.
When you check the Snap to pad edge option (available when the Snap to connect point

October 2012
1999-2014

155

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
option is checked), you can start routing from any edge of a pad by moving your mouse close
the edge of the pad and clicking it to start.

The Variable line width option will be available if the Snap to connect point option is
checked. If you check the Variable line width option, the width of the RF trace will be variable
based on the entry and the size of the pad and you cant change the trace width during the
routing. If you unchecked this option, the width of the trace will use the value that you entered
on the Options tab and you can change the width during the routing process.

October 2012
1999-2014

156

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
There is one more menu item Accurate length on the RMB menu during the routing. If you
select it, the following form will pop up and you can enter a specific value for the length that
you want to route.

You can route RF trace with any angle mitered bend by setting as following:

This can only provide the capability to start routing with any angle miter bend but may not
complete the any angle routing between two specific points. If you want to do that, you may
need to use the new command Any Angle Bend Connect.
Modify Connectivity Enhancements
This command is enhanced by adding Snap to pad edge option. If this option is checked,
the following Fix source component and Fix destination component options will be
disabled.

October 2012
1999-2014

157

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
The first selected component (by selecting the pin or pad edge) will be attached to your
mouse and you can move your mouse to close the destination pin/pad edge.

October 2012
1999-2014

158

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
Add Component Enhancements
The Add Component is enhanced with the new option of Snap to pad edge. If this option
is checked, the component to be placed can be located at a specific edge of a pad during the
placement.

October 2012
1999-2014

159

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
Scaled Copy Enhancements
This command is enhanced by increasing the option Snap to pad edge. Once this option is
checked, the scaled copied RF component can be connected to any edge of a pad.

October 2012
1999-2014

160

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
Single Segment Connection
In some cases, when you want to connect two points (pads) with a single segment (for
example, microstrip line), you can use this new command from RF-PCB - Single Segment
Connect.

To connect two pads, you can check Snap to connect point and then click the two pads.
You may be asked to confirm to remove the ratsnest by changing the netname for a pin.
Using this command, you need to understand the routing may not be fully connected since
the rotation of the pads.

You can use this command for the connection between two non-RF components or two RF
components or one RF component and one non-RF component.

October 2012
1999-2014

161

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
Route with Any Angle Bend
A new command is introduced to connect two pins/pads with any angle mitered bend. For
example, three RF components (two line segments and one any angle mitered bend) to
connect two specific pins/pads. The line segment may be Microstrip Line (MLIN) or Stripline
(SLIN) and the any angle bend may be MBEND or SBEND2.
Choose RF-PCB - Any Angle Bend Connect to launch this command.

The parameters are shown on the Options tab as below:

You can enter the values for line width and miter fraction of the bend. For this command, the
Snap to connect point option will be checked automatically and you cant change it. Under
this option, there are three options you can control.

October 2012
1999-2014

162

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Snap to pad edge: this option is used for the entry/exit of the routing at two pads.

Variable line width: this option is used for the control of the width of the trace.

Taper width difference: this option is used for the control of the last segment.

If Snap to pad edge option is checked, you can specify the edges for the connection
between two pads. If its unchecked, the connect point of the pins (usually is center of the pad)
will be used for the connection.
If the Variable line width option is checked, the connection will auto extract the width of the
pads (if the entry width and exit width are different, then the exit/source width will be used).
The width will be adjusted automatically based on the exit direction of the trace at source pin.
The Line width on the form will not be used. If this option is unchecked, then the line width
entered on the form will be used.
If the Taper width difference option is checked, the Taper length field will be enabled and
you can enter a value for the taper length. If the destination pad (entry width) has a different
value from the source pad (exit width), then the last segment will be a MTAPER with the
specific length on the form.So in this case, there may be four elements (two MLINs, one any
angle mitered MBEND and a MTAPER). This works only for Top/Bottom layer, for inner layers,
this option will be disabled and you cant check it. If the taper length is too long, then you may
not get the proper path for the connection.
The use model for this command is as below:

If the Taper width difference option is not checked, the routing includes three elements
only.

Select the source pin/pad edge and then select the destination pin/pad edge, the shorted
path will show for you by default and you can directly click to confirm or you can RMB select

October 2012
1999-2014

163

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
Switch to see other possible paths, select the expected path to click to complete the
connection.

If the Taper width difference option is checked, the routing may have four elements.

If you want to add clearances for the routed RF components, you can check the Initialize
clearance option.

October 2012
1999-2014

164

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Autoplace Enhancements

RF Grouping in Front End

Enhancements in Back End

Autoplace is a very important step for RF layout creation after the schematic transferred to
layout. The system will automatically create groups based on connectivity during the
autoplace process. This will result in many groups in autoplace and its difficult to find the
proper groups to do autoplace. Users would like to define groups in schematic side based on
functions such as LNA, pre-amplifier and so on and then select the proper groups to start
autoplace.
In 16.6, some new commands are added in Allegro Design Entry HDL to support grouping
such as add group, disband group, display group to control the groups for autoplace. The
detailed commands are as following:

All those commands are only available in the pre-selection mode.

Add Group: Attach a property (RFGROUP) to the selected components.

Add Split: Attach a property (RFSPLIT) to the wires selected. If a wire is attached with
this property, then the logic group will be broken at here (one big logic group will be split
into two logic groups).

Disband: Remove the RFGROUP property from each RF component for the specific
group.

Exclude: Remove the property for selected objects (RFGROUP for RF components or
RFSPLIT for wires).

Display Group: Highlight/report the RF components within a specific group.

Display Split: Highlight all wires with the RFSPLIT property.

October 2012
1999-2014

165

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
If you transfer the schematic to layout and launch Autoplace, you will see the groups are
classified differently, the group names added in schematic are reflected in the autoplace.

You can use the Group filter to easily find/locate some specific groups to do autoplace.

October 2012
1999-2014

166

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
RF Grouping in Front End
To use the grouping functionality in schematic, choose Tools - Options and check the
Enable Pre-select Mode. The RF PCB menus are shown in the figure below.

October 2012
1999-2014

167

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
Enhancements in Back End
In PCB Editor choose RF-PCB - Autoplace.

All components will be classified into different logic groups. Each logic group will have a name
with the prefix _rfGroup. If you have already defined a group in schematic (for example ABC),
then this name will be the name for a real physical group in layout. This name will be attached
following the logic name within brackets such as _rfGroup1(ABC).
Some other enhancements for the autoplace are as below:
October 2012
1999-2014

168

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Add a new check box Ignore FIXED property.

A new mark A for the groups just completed autoplace.

A filter to find/locate a group.

Ratsnests display during the autoplace.

Moving clearances as well

Performance enhancements

If you check the Ignore FIXED property option, then a fixed component can be moved as
well during the autoplace.
There are two kinds of marks for the groups. A group with P mark means this group is already
placed into canvas before the autoplace command launched. A group with A mark (green
October 2012
1999-2014

169

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
color) means this group completed the autoplace in the current session. A group without any
marks means this group is still unplaced and you may need to do autoplace for it.
The autoplace is enhanced to show the ratsnests while the dynamic path is attached to your
mouse during the autoplace process. This is easy for you to place the group to the proper
location.

Another enhancement is to support the clearance moving as well for the autoplace. For
example, after completing the autoplace for a logical group and then adding the clearances
for the components within the group. If you redo the autoplace and move to a different location

October 2012
1999-2014

170

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
to place the group, the clearances will be moved as well. Before that, the clearances will not
go with the RF components.

Via Exchange Between Allegro PCB Editor and ADS

Export Allegro Generic Via Padstacks to ADS

Export Allegro Design with Generic Vias to ADS by IFF

Import IFF with Via Components into Allegro

Layer-to-layer via structures are almost always used in PCB designs. These common
structures are not standardized in ADS, they are represented in several ways. These include
instances of via models such as the microstrip VIA2, and as layout-only footprints that define
the catch pads and drill holes with simple polygons.
The disconnecting between the capabilities of PCB tool via structures and the equivalent
object in ADS makes design transfer difficult. A PCB-tool via structure must be flattened to
simple polygons for transfer to ADS, losing most of the information contained in the original
PCB via. Likewise, those simple polygons can be transferred back to the PCB tool, but are
October 2012
1999-2014

171

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
not identified as a via structure and not treated as a layer-to-layer connection.ADS does not
have the PCB compatible via library, that means no padstack definition for generic PCB via.
To solve the problem, Cadence and Agilent worked out a solution: you can export Allegro
generic via padstacks firstly from PCB Editor and then ADS will build PCB-style via library
with pcbViaLib Utility offered in ADS2011.10. Agilent has provided the pcbViaLib design kit,
which provides via import utilities and a new ADS component, the pcbVia. This design kit
defines a data file format that holds the definition of a PCB-tool style via structure, which is
read by the pcbVia component and used with a layout macro to render exactly the same
layout footprint in ADS as in the PCB tool.
When you export an Allegro layout design with generic vias to ADS by IFF, you can select
export vias as components so all generic vias will be mapped to ADS via components.
You can also use the via components in ADS layout and then export the ADS design with the
kind of via components by IFF. When importing the design into PCB Editor by IFF, the I/F will
automatically map back the ADS via components to Allegro generic via padstacks.
The flow for via management between Allegro an ADS is as following:

October 2012
1999-2014

172

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
Export Allegro Generic Via Padstacks to ADS
To run the command choose RF-PCB - Export Padstacks to ADS for ADS via component
creation.

All vias used in the design will be listed and then you can select some/all vias to export.
Please notice only vias in the layout will be listed on the form, so if you want to export a via
padstack, you have to place the via into a design.
The Via group name is for ADS usage. Once you create the via components in ADS side, you
can place a via component in ADS layout from the specific via group.
Note: It is recommended to use a unique group name for each design so that ADS will not
confuse.

October 2012
1999-2014

173

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
The exporting for via padstacks is not based on IFF format but AEL.

October 2012
1999-2014

174

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
Export Allegro Design with Generic Vias to ADS by IFF
In a design with generic vias in PCB Editor choose RF-PCB - IFF Interface - Export.

The IFF export dialog box appears.

You can click More options, to see the Vias tab. Two options available for via transfer mode.
By default, all vias will be considered as components to export. You can change it to Shape
October 2012
1999-2014

175

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
for the exporting as before. You can also RMB click on the header bar to select Change all to
components as below:

If you export all vias as components, then all selected generic vias will be written out as via
components in IFF file so that ADS can recognize them.

October 2012
1999-2014

176

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
Import IFF with Via Components into Allegro
In PCB Editor, choose RF-PCB - IFF Interface - Import, browse to the proper
layout.iff file.

All via components in the IFF file will be mapped back to Allegro generic vias.

Miscellaneous Enhancements
Some other small enhancements made to RF PCB 16.6 includes:

New Libraries

Setup Enhancements

DRC Removal for Netlist Re-import

Discrete Library Translator Enhancements

October 2012
1999-2014

177

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
New Libraries
Two new RF components which existed in ADS are now added to library:

VIA2

SLINO

VIA2 is a special via component in ADS similar to Allegro via padstack (but its not a padstack
structure).

October 2012
1999-2014

178

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
SLINO is a stripline component that has special substrate structure:

October 2012
1999-2014

179

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
Setup Enhancements
A new option Customize is added to the drop-down list for Parameter set in Options tab of
RF-PCB - Setup. This is used to determine the GUI to be floating or fixed in the Options tab.
There are three items currently:

All

Autoplace

Clearance settings

If you check All, then all RF PCB GUI will be floating instead of fixed in Options tab.

October 2012
1999-2014

180

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
If you check Autoplace option in above form and then you launch Autoplace command, you
will see the GUI for Autoplace will be floating as following:

DRC Removal for Netlist Re-import


In the past, after you transfer a schematic to layout and complete the RF placement by
Autoplace, if you re-import the original netlist without any changes into PCB Editor, you will
see a lot of DRC (shape2shape or shape2pin) and you have to do autoplace again to remove
those DRCs. This is because the shape nets for RF components are missed during the netlist
October 2012
1999-2014

181

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
importing so all RF shapes have a dummy net. This is enhanced to remove the DRCs for the
re-importing netlist without any changes.
Discrete Library Translator Enhancements
When translating Allegro discrete library to ADS, some pin numbers may not be correct in
ADS schematic. For example, when we export the following component to ADS:

The result in ADS may be as below:

October 2012
1999-2014

182

Product Version 16.6


All Rights Reserved.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in


Release 16.6
This document describes new features in the 16.6 release of Allegro PCB Editor. Significant
enhancements have been made in the following areas:

Route Interconnect Optimization

Productivity Enhancements

Design for Manufacturing

Team Design (Partitioning) more Flexible in 16.6

Embedded Component Design

Database & Misc Enhancements

Symbol Editor Enhancements

Preparing for the 17.0 Release

RF PCB Enhancements

To view the latest updates on hardware and software requirements, see the Allegro Platform
System Requirements. Also refer to the Migration Guide for Allegro Platform Products,
Product Version 16.6.

October 2012

183

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Route Interconnect Optimization

Auto-Interactive Delay Tune (AiDT) High Speed Product Option

Slide Overhaul

Offset Routing

Smart Layer Behavior for Add Connect

Disable Open Space Routing

Line Width Retention during Add Connect

Fix Cline Segments

Copy/Move Cline Segments

Unsupported Prototype Menu

Auto Interactive Convert Corner (AiCC) Unsupported Prototype

Auto-Interactive Delay Tune (AiDT) High Speed Product Option


Auto-interactive Delay Tuning reduces the time to meet timing constraints on advanced
standards-based interfaces, such as DDR3, by 30-50%. The AiDT command allows you to
rapidly adjust the timing of critical high-speed signals on an interface-by-interface basis, or
apply it at byte-lane level, reducing the need to tune the traces on a PCB. You can interactively
select clines or cline segments for tuning, AiDT then computes the required length for the
selection set to meet timing constraints. This command utilizes controlled push/shove
techniques while adding tuning patterns based on user-defined parameters.
You can invoke the AiDT command from the Route Menu. In the Etch Edit application mode,
AiDT is available from the right-click pop-up menu for Clines and Cline Segments. When in
the Flow Planning application mode, AiDT is available from the right-click pop-up menu for
Rat-bundles.
Use Models
You can use AiDT in various design scenarios using the following techniques:

October 2012

184

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
Single Cline Tuning
This technique is most effective when there is ample room for each cline to achieve timing,
without the need to push/shove adjacent routing around. This technique is helpful if you prefer
manually moving routing around to create space for tuning. This technique also has the
impact on existing routing, since no push/shove is allowed.
Cline Segment Tuning
Selecting individual or groups of cline segments is a very effective means to control where
elongation occurs with AiDT. Only selected segments can have elongation added and can
push/shove during the operations. All the unselected segments are considered fixed during
that operation and do not need any changes. AiDT may become limited at the junction
between selected and unselected segments where pushing cannot occur.
Match Groups
Tuning entire match group
This technique involves selecting all the clines from a match group to run at the same time.
This technique is useful if all the routing is nearby, on the same layer, and the cline count is
less than 20 signals.
Critical Signals
Critical signals are involved in a match group when running AiDT, these signals are manually
tuning signals. The longest signal in the match group dictates the overall length requirement
for the other signals. This value is computed by AiDT. The target (if there is one) controls the
timing DRCs. If the target signal does not get to its desired length during the AiDT run, this
may result in a misleading number of DRCs reported.

October 2012

185

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
Figure 41- Tuning entire Match group

Slide Overhaul
The revamped slide command utilizes a move-intersect algorithm that delivers smoother,
more predictable, and localized edits. This command simplifies the use model, integrating
sliding of off-angle and arc routing, and provides new options to improve efficiency.
New Options in the Slide Command:

Min Corner Size: A fill-in field for minimum 45 degree corner size allowed between two
non-parallel cline segments. This field also supports [N] x width values.

Min Arc Radius: A fill-in field for minimum arc size allowed between two cline segments.
This field supports [N] x width values. This value prevents arcs from completely
collapsing during slide operations.

Vertex Action: A drop-down field that controls the action when you select the vertex
between two segments during a slide operation or when running the Slide command. A
special vertex cursor is shown as an indication when a pick gets the vertex rather than a
segment.

Line Corner Causes the current angle at the vertex to be split and a new segment is
created. The new segment is then active on the cursor and can be modified using the
Slide command. This would allow you to change a 90 degree corner into 45 degree, or
split any other existing angle. This is very useful to cleanup 90 corners, adjust off-angle
corners, or reduce length of existing routes.

Arc Corner Causes an arc to be created at the selected vertex. The new arc is then
active on the cursor and it can be modified using the Slide command. This is very useful
to convert 90 or 45 corners to arcs.

Move (default) Causes the vertex to move as both adjacent segments are modified
using the Slide command. This is essentially a 2 segment operation.

October 2012

186

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

None Prevents any special action when a vertex is selected.

Auto Join This option controls the behavior when parallel cline segments meet during
a slide operation. The ON behavior of this option causes parallel cline segments to join
as they meet during the slide operation, allowing the user to continue the current
operation on larger sections of the cline. The OFF behavior of this option does not join
parallel cline segments when they meet (unless a click is made), but instead creates new
segments to connect the parallel cline segments. By default, the option is ON.
Holding the CTRL key down during the slide operation gives the opposite behavior of the
current setting on the Options form. This is useful to get the alternate behavior of Auto
Join during a single edit, without having to switch the settings in the Options tab.

Extend Selection This option preserves the connective pattern of multiple cline
segments during a slide operation. The ON behavior of this option extends the original
selection made during the slide operation to include the two cline segments adjacent to
the selection (additional segment on each side). The OFF behavior does not affect the
original selection. By default, this option is OFF.
It is recommended to use the SHIFT key for the ON behavior during specific slide
operations. Holding the SHIFT key down during the slide operation gives the opposite
behavior of the current setting on the Options form. This is useful to get the alternate
behavior of Extend Selection during a single edit, without having to switch the option
setting.
This option is very efficient for sliding tuning patterns or other multi-segment structures
when it is desired to keep the basic shape of the cline segments, without having to do a
window selection on the segments.

Arc corners Extend Selection can be used when sliding a 45/90 degree segment that
has arc corners and you want to maintain the arcs while the selected segment slides.
This option is similar to the arcs with segments option.

Offset Routing
The Add Connect Offset option is designed to primarily address the requirement to route with
non-standard angles to help minimize impedance discontinuities while routing across
fiberglass substrates.
Function Keys

TAB Key system defined key used to switch between a soft bend (1st angle increment)
and a hard turn (2nd angle increment). Each time you hit the TAB key, it will flip to the
other angle.

October 2012

187

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

funckey a "pop flip" - consider creating a user defined function assignment to help you
toggle between conventional and offset routing. The letter a is used as an example.

Smart Layer Behavior for Add Connect


When using the Add Connect command, the active layer field will now automatically
synchronize to that of a single visible layer. Previously, any visibility adjustment to limit the
display to a single etch layer would require an adjustment to the active layer as well.

October 2012

188

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Disable Open Space Routing


By default, the Add Connect command generates routes when a pick is made on database
elements like pins or vias but also when a pick is made in open or black space. Designers
who push the mouse fast and hard frequently make false picks and are forced to Oops out of
the command and then refine the pick to a logical element like a pin or rat line. Some
designers may embrace the open space pick concept when interconnect strategies call for
partial routing of buses or interfaces. Since there is no clear preference on the default
behavior, a solution driven by a user preference variable is offered. When enabled, the Add
Connect command rejects any picks made that are not associated with database elements
like rat lines, pins, vias, segments, or shapes. The variable setting does not affect multi-line
route which is designed to work by making a pick in open space.
You can set the variable acon_disable_nullnet_route in Route Connect in the User
Preference Editor dialog box.

Line Width Retention during Add Connect


Currently, user line width overrides are permitted during the Add Connect command but are
reset back to constraint-driven when the command is completed. The16.6 release maintains
the user setting until they are manually reset. The line width override now appears in blue to
represent an override state. You can easily reset to constraint mode by selecting Constraint
from the drop-down menu.

October 2012

189

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Fix Cline Segments


The fix command now supports segment based database elements. The command is
supported in the verb-noun editing model or in the General or Etch Edit application modes.

Note: Consider using Stipple overlays to distinguish fixed from non-fixed elements.

Copy/Move Cline Segments


The Copy and Move commands are enhanced to support cline segments and other segment
database elements.

Unsupported Prototype Menu


The Route - Unsupported Prototype menu is added in 16.6 release. The variable support
to access the unsupported menus is no longer required. You can check this location
periodically for prototype applications.
Auto Interactive Convert Corner (AiCC) Unsupported Prototype
Routing trends associated with high speed interfaces point to an increase in Arc-based
cornering requirements. The Auto Interactive Convert Corner (AiCC) command improves
user efficiency for converting route corners in the Allegro design whether they be are single
ended or differential pair based. As with AiDT, you have full control of advanced GRE
functionality from the Allegro canvas. You can interactively select nets, clines, or segments for
conversion to Arc, 45, or 90 degree corners.

October 2012

190

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
Command
You can run the Auto Interactive Convert Corner command from the Route
Unsupported Prototypes Menu.
Options
The following options are available while running the AiCC command.

Convert Type: Conversion options of Arc, 45, and 90 degrees

Allow in cns areas: This allows you to control if corner conversion should be performed
inside constraint regions. By default this option is set to Yes.

Preferred Radius Size: Set to desired radius when Convert Type of Arc is enabled.

Min Radius: Minimum acceptable radius when Convert Type of Arc is enabled.

Preferred Corner Size: Set to desired corner size when Convert Type of 45 is enabled.

Min Corner Size: Minimum acceptable corner size when Convert Type of 45 is enabled.

Allow DRCs: DRCs are permitted for corner conversions.

Find Filter
AiCC can be run on existing Nets, Clines or Segments. Hierarchical Groups may also be
used to select clines (e.g. Net Classes, Diff Pairs)
Reporting
A viewlog file reports corners that failed to convert.
Figure 4-2 Diff Pair corner conversion to Arc

October 2012

191

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Productivity Enhancements
This section lists the enhancements made to enhance the productivity in the Allegro PCB
Editor.

Component Alignment updates

Place Replicate support of Text

Quickplace - Overlap Components

Symbol Instance Refresh

Parameterized Cornering for Rectangular Shapes

Shape Expansion/Contraction

Add Circle - Ease of Use Improvements

Change Radius of Line Drawn Circle

Thermal width for Xhatch shapes

Shape Updating

Shape Messaging

Embedded Net Names

Rat Display End in View Only

Show Measure Support for Dual Units

Multiple Constraint Region Assignments

Move Lines and Text outside Existing Class Structure

Snap Pick to updates

Status Bar updates

Select by Lasso or Path

Highlight Nets associated with Component

Split Plane Association

DRC by Window

Replace Padstack Enhancements

October 2012

192

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Component Alignment updates


Component Alignment was introduced in SPB 16.3 and now enhanced in 16.6 to support the
following new options.
Alignment Edge

When aligning vertically, select left or right as the edge to base the alignment on.

When aligning horizontally, select top or bottom as the edge to base alignment on.

Spacing Options

Use DFA Constraints - Compresses components in the selection set to the minimum DFA
spacing distance.

Equal Spacing - algorithm computes space between the first and last component of the
selection set then divides by the number of components resulting in an equalized spacing
gap between each component. Use the increment/decrement controls to adjust
component spacing real time.

Place Replicate support of Text


The Place Replicate application now supports the processing of component reference
designators. The work performed in customizing assembly text or silkscreen to the seed
circuit can now be leveraged across the replicated modules.

Quickplace - Overlap Components


Quickplace is an application used to quickly scatter components around the perimeter of the
design or to a room location. By default, components are placed not to overlap each other.
As a result, the application may fail to place components if space is not available. A new
control option, Overlap components by is introduced to improve completion percentages.
You can control the amount of overlap. The default value is seeded at 50%.

October 2012

193

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Symbol Instance Refresh


Support for refreshing a symbol instance is now available in Place Edit Application Mode.
Hover the mouse pointer over a symbol then use the RMB context sensitive menu to access
the Refresh Symbol Instance command. At a particular stage in the design, data related to
the symbol(s) may have been deleted; typically the silkscreen outline or text nodes. Perhaps
on a board re-spin, conditions change making it favorable to restore the deleted outline/text
of specific symbols but not all.

Parameterized Cornering for Rectangular Shapes


The Shape - Add Rectangle command is enhanced to support cornering options of
Chamfer and Round. You can control the corner length/radius using either Explicit Length
values or as a Percentage of the Short Edge. When adding a rectangular shape, you have
the option to interactively draw the rectangle or use the new Place Rectangle using
parameterized entries for width and height.

October 2012

194

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Shape Expansion/Contraction
The ability to contract or expand a shape is available using the General Edit Application Mode.
Hover the mouse pointer over the shape then use RMB context sensitive menu to access the
Expand/Contract command. Use +/- buttons to incrementally change the shape size.

Add Circle - Ease of Use Improvements


The following ease of use updates are made to commands associated with adding a circle.
Relevant commands include Add Circle, Shape Circular and Shape Manual Void
Circular.
Circle creation options

Draw Circle mouse guided circle creation

Place Circle user guided placement of parameterized circle

Center / Radius place parameterized circle at x,y coordinate

Change Radius of Line Drawn Circle


Use General Edit Application mode to easily change the radius of an instantiated line drawn
circle. Hover the mouse pointer over a circle then use the RMB to access the Change
Radius command.

Thermal width for Xhatch shapes


A new dynamic shape option aligns thermal spoke widths used for cross hatch shape
applications to that of the line widths used for the actual shape hatching. Normally the thermal
October 2012

195

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
line width is controlled by the MINIMUM_LINE_WIDTH property associated with the net. If
the property value changes, the thermal width would be updated. A Flex PCB Designer can
now set this option and maintain the integrity of the copper hatched region regardless of line
width updates forced by the schematic or property overrides.

October 2012

196

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Shape Updating
New shape update control is available in the Global Dynamic Shape Parameter dialog
box. It is designed to force an update on all dynamic shapes.

Shape Messaging
A warning message is provided about lost voids when changing a static shape to a dynamic
shape.

Embedded Net Names


A new graphical display option embeds net names within the cline path, pins, shapes and flow
lines. Useful in just about any PCB application, the display of net names will be extremely
valuable for those involved in design reviews or board debug. This feature is enabled by
default in all PCB products and does require Open GL to be enabled. The visibility controls

October 2012

197

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
for traces, pins and shapes are available by accessing the Setup Design Parameters
Display form.

Rat Display End in View Only


A new ratsnest display option is designed to reduce the density of rat display in the
workspace. Rats seen as pass through, ones not terminating to a pin in view are
automatically filtered from the display.

Show Measure Support for Dual Units


The Show Measure command now displays results in database and alternate units. To see
the alternate unit enable the user preference variable showmeasure_altunits.

October 2012

198

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
Show Measure also supports a measurement between padstacks even if a common layer
does not exist. (16.5 ISR) This will be helpful when measuring mask related geometry to
conductor.

Multiple Constraint Region Assignments


Multiple region shapes can now be assigned to a single region constraint object. Using
General edit application mode, pre-select region shapes then use the context sensitive RMB
menu to access the Assign to region command.

Move Lines and Text outside Existing Class Structure


Lines and text can now be moved outside their present Class-Subclass structure. In previous
releases, workarounds using clip board were necessary to accomplish this task. Hover the
mouse pointer over the line, text or rectangular element then use the RMB to access the
Change Class/Subclass command. Select a new class then one of the subclasses within
the Class structure from the popup dialog.

Snap Pick to updates

The snap pick to function is now available on the Edit Vertex RMB menu.

Additional snap elements have been added to the RMB menu

Rectangle Edge Vertex

October 2012

199

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Rectangle Edge Midpoint

Rectangle Edge

Shape Center

Symbol Center

Status Bar updates


In 16.5, functional responses could be obtained by clicking fields in the status bar. The 16.6
includes:

Color Swatches have been added adjacent to subclass names

A selection of a subclass now automatically enables the visibility of subclass (if


previously disabled)

October 2012

200

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Select by Lasso or Path


Two new selection options are available with commands that normally support temp groups;
move or highlight for example. If working in an application mode, you can access these
selection options from RMB Selection Set.

Highlight Nets associated with Component


A simplified method to highlight or dehighlight all nets associated with a component is offered
in all applications modes. Hover over a symbol(s) then use the RMB to access the Highlight
associated nets command. Nets assigned the DC Voltage property are ignored.

Split Plane Association


Net associations to split planes are now stored in the database. This reduces chance of error
when re-generating split planes on positive or negative layer. The former use model required
re-assignment of net during command which was error prone and cumbersome.
When a split plane is regenerated, the net choice dialog for each shape is set to the default
net that will be assigned to the shape. If you click OK it confirms the net assignment to the
shape. If you wish to select a different net, then select the * in the drop-down and then select
the correct shape.
If Cancel is selected in the net selection dialog, a confirmation dialog with two choices will
appear.

Click OK to allow the system to automatically assign nets to the remaining shapes based
on database association.

Click Cancel to set all remaining shapes to dummy nets.

October 2012

201

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

DRC by Window
The DRC by Window command is an alternative to running DRC update at the full design
level. As the name suggests, the command is limited to checking the elements within the
extents of a user defined selection window. On large, highly constrained designs where
database performance is problematic, one can simply disable On-line DRC mode if favor of
this On-demand method.
The DRC by Window command is located in Tools Window DRC or available from the
Toolbar.

Replace Padstack Enhancements

The Replace Padstack command is now available as a context menu item when the
selection set consists of mixed padstack instances. Prior to 16.6, the selection set would
have to be limited to common padstacks. This is available in General Edit Application
mode.

The Options Panel now supports Ignore FIXED property.

The Pin Number field has been enhanced to support a range of values

October 2012

202

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Design for Manufacturing

IPC-2581 Data Transfer Standard

Artwork / Film Records Enhancements

NC Drill Enhancements

NC Route Enhancements

Thieving Enhancements

Associative Dimensioning Updates

Change Line Font

IPC-2581 Data Transfer Standard


Allegro PCB Editor now has the ability to export and import PCB design data in the IPC-2581
format. The IPC-2581 export allows users to extract PCB design data for manufacturing
where artwork, NC drill, NC route, test, and BOM are combined into one single file. Based on
the IPC 2581 standard, the user may select the specific types of data to be exported based
on the function, such as fabrication, assembly, or test. IPC-2581 data produced by Allegro
PCB Editor may also be viewed by using one of the free IPC 2581 viewers available on the
IPC 2581 Consortiums web site (http://www.ipc2581.com/index.php/ipc-2581-files).
Allegro also supports the import of IPC 2581 data for the purposes of viewing the generated
artwork and comparing that data to the existing film record layers. For more information on
the IPC 2581 standard visit the IPC web site at http://webstds.ipc.org/2581/2581intro.htm.
IPC-2581 provides a 21st century approach to transferring PCB design data to manufacturing
through an open, neutral, global standard. To learn more about the IPC-2581 Consortium, its
charter, to find out who the members are, visit http://www.ipc2581.com.
Benefits of using IPC-2581 for transferring PCB design data to manufacturing includes:

Cost savings through an efficient transfer mechanism (instead of dealing with myriads
of files).

Elimination of unnecessary iterations between design and supply companies.

Improved chances of first pass success.

October 2012

203

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Artwork / Film Records Enhancements

Artwork films can now be designated by domain where they appear. There are four
domains available; Artwork, PDF, IPC2581 and Visibility. Access the User Interface
by clicking on Domain Selection

New Draw Holes Only option available in film record form. PIN and/or VIA CLASS
layers must be specified for the film to control which holes are plotted, and the option is
not allowed with ETCH layers in the film. The hole that is plotted is a true size hole, and
oval or rectangular slot holes are shown with their true shape as well.

RS274X now supports output of shape with voids overlapping other shapes. No error is
generated. aborting film - Shape with first segment has a void with extents that touches
another shape with first segment

Film names have been increased from 17 to a maximum of 47 characters.

Artwork by default will suppress Null pads when unused pad suppression is enabled.

Photoplot.log now has a warning if un-defined line width is set to 0.

For new designs initial artwork parameters now defaults to same unit type as board

Artwork by default will suppress Null pads when unused pad suppression is enabled

NC Drill Enhancements
Creating new drill data will now report the number of holes to the allegro status line. This was
previously reported to just the log file.

October 2012

204

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

NC Route Enhancements

Separate plated versus non-plated files - An option has been added to the NC Route user
interface to specify that separate output files are desired for plated versus non-plated
routing. When this option is enabled, non-plated routing for both the board and slot holes
will continue to be output to a <name>.rou file, while plated routing for both the board
and slot holes will now be output to a new <name>_plated.rou file. When disabled, all
NC Routes will continue to be output to the single <name>.rou file.

Auto-generate tool codes and sizes - The current NC Route functionality requires that the
user supply an ncroutebits.txt file that specifies the EXCELLON format tool codes and
sizes that will be needed for the routing of board paths and/or slot holes of a design. This
requires that the user has detailed knowledge of the routing requirements of the design,
and also that the tool sizes need to be in the specified in the EXCELLON format output
units as opposed to the more familiar units of the design in question. In 16.6, if an
ncroutebits.txt file is NOT found, the tool code and size information will be automatically
determined and used. The information will also be output to an ncroutebits_auto.txt file
for reference, similar to the nc_tools_auto.txt file generated by NC Drill in the same
situation. The ncroutebits_auto.tx file itself will never be read as currently named by NC
Route. It could be renamed though to ncroutebits.txt for any subsequent executions of
NC Route to bypass the auto-generation.

Thieving Enhancements

Thieving outline - New Rectangle option added to list. If selected, the user is required
to make only two digitalizations of a rubber-banded rectangle.

Thieving style - A new Line setting has been added to the existing ones of Circle and
Rectangle. The fill elements will be created as actual cline/line segment entities as
opposed to via entities for Circle or Rectangle. The options settings for both Size X and
Size Y must be specified where the lesser value will be the width of the segment, and the
greater value the length of the segment. Therefore horizontal or vertical segments can
be specified as fill elements, but not angled segments.

Note: The rounded endpoints of the segment are added to the specified length value.

All etch layers - The specified thieving will be re-generated and added for each positive
etch layer of the design.

All soldermask layers - The specified thieving will be re-generated and added for each
soldermask layer of the design.

October 2012

205

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Associative Dimensioning Updates

Customized Dimension Text The options form for the various types of dimension
creation and Change text now supports a Text field in addition to the standard Value
field. Essentially any user entered Text string overrides the computed value that is
normally applied. Any alphanumeric characters are allowed in the specified Text string.
For example, one could create a linear dimension with value text of 'XYZ' by entering it
in the Text field. The Text field supports the following formats for entry.

Table 4-1 Updates for Associative Dimensioning


%v

Insert the actual dimension value in the text. Either the


normal computed value, or the Value typein override if one
was specified.

%u

Insert the appropriate units indicator in the text for the


dimension value (e.g. 'IN' for inches or 'MM' for millimeters).

%%

A guaranteed way to get an actual '%' character in the


string, especially if the next character is otherwise a
recognized substring insertion.

October 2012

206

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
EXAMPLE

XYZ

XYZ

Value is %v

Value is 1.0

Value is %v %u

Value is 1.0 IN

%v%u

1.0IN

%v is the value

1.0 is the value

Balloon Dimension update Instance parameter support is now available for balloon
leaders. This allows different types of balloons (circles, squares ) to be used in the
same design.

Change Line Font


The ability to change line font is available in General Edit Application Mode. Hover over a line
then use the RMB context sensitive menu to access the Change Line Font command.

October 2012

207

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Team Design (Partitioning) more Flexible in 16.6


New features associated with Physical Team Design are intended to reduce the number
of.DPF (design partition file) import/export iterations the PCB Design team experiences in the
typical physical team design flow. By permitting Partition Designers to place and route across
partition boundaries as well as having constraint editing privileges, design schedules can be
significantly reduced as a result of less interrupts in the flow.

Flexible Boundaries

Constraint Editing

Differences Report

ECO Wizard

Flexible Boundaries
Designed to reduce the number of iterations between the Master and Partition Designers, its
now possible for Partition Designers to move components or route signals outside their
respective boundaries. The Master Designer controls whether boundaries are flexible
enabling the new Workflow manager option called Soft Boundary. This behavior is an all or
none condition for the team.
Prior to 16.6, components could always be moved outside the boundary of a partition to allow
the user more space to work in the partition, but when the partition was exported back to the
Master Designer, components outside the boundary were ignored. When soft boundaries are
enabled those components moved outside will now be saved during the export.

Constraint Editing
Partition Designers are now permitted to edit Physical, Spacing and Electrical Constraints.
The Master Designer controls whether constraint editing privileges are granted to the team
by enabling the new Workflow manager option called Edit_cns. This behavior is also an all
or none situation.
Design level constraint editing is not permitted in partition databases.

October 2012

208

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Differences Report
Compare constraints differences between Master and Partition files using the CNS_Report
function available in the Workflow Manager.

ECO Wizard
Available in the workflow manager, the ECO wizard is designed to help streamline the
process involving new netlist submits. This entails importing all outstanding partition
databases, netlist import then re-export of partition files.

October 2012

209

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Embedded Component Design


With increased market demands for smaller and lighter products, improved performance and
higher speeds, it may become necessary to consider the embedding of passive or even active
components within the inner substrates of the PCB. Phase I of Embedded Component
Design was introduced in the 16.5 release. It offers mounting methodologies of direct and
indirect attachments. Phase II enhancements in 16.6 include:

Dual Side Contact Components

Vertically Placed Components

2 Layer PCB Support

Suppression of Unassigned Indirect Vias

New Embedded Cavity DRCs

Dual Side Contact Components


The use of dual-sided contact components when placed on internal layers of the PCB allows
connections to be made from either side of the device. One of the benefits of using this
emerging technology is the reduction of core vias that may have been used to make
connections from the component to either side of the PCB. Symbols targeted for dual side
applications must have the property DUAL_SIDED_COMPONENT applied in the Allegro
Symbol Editor. The associated padstacks of the symbol must have a begin and end layer pad
defined.
When the symbol with the dual sided property is placed, the begin pad defined in the
padstack definition is mapped to the inner layer the component is placed on. The alternate
pad, defined as the end pad at the definition level, is mapped to the layer closest to the top of
the component based on the component height.
Existing Allegro embedded setup methodologies are fully supported; direct or indirect attach
as well as body up/down. Since the stackup is unlikely to be constructed with material

October 2012

210

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
thickness that aligns with the component height, its likely the indirect attach method is used
for this technology.

Vertically Placed Components


The DUAL_SIDED_COMPONENT property can be leveraged to support vertical component
applications. Apply the property DUAL_SIDED_COMPONENT to the symbol definition.
Assuming a two pin component, map pin 1 & 2 to unique padstacks each with a Begin or End
layer pad defined. The base layer is established using the Embedded Layer Setup form.
The alternate layer pin is determined based on the value of the package height and stackup
construction.

2 Layer PCB Support


By default, the Top and Bottom stackup layers do not support the placement of embedded
components. When an attempt is made to change Embedded Status to either Body up or
Body down, the system will prompt the user accordingly. To help facilitate the requirement
for placing components between the Top and Bottoms layers, Allegro now supports the
placing of components directly on the dielectric layer. This requires the user to name the
dielectric layer(s) prior to invoking the Embedded Layer Setup form.

October 2012

211

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Suppression of Unassigned Indirect Vias


The suppression of unassigned indirect vias is now supported by assigning the property
EMB_INDIRECT_VIA_SUPPRESS to the Component Definition, Component Instance or
Symbol Pin. If a component is placed on an Indirect Attached embedded layer, this new
property suppresses ALL via pads associated with the component if the PIN is not on a
named net. The indirect attach via pads will only be restored if:

The symbol pin changes to a named net

The symbol is moved to a layer which is not indirect attach

The property is removed

New Embedded Cavity DRCs


Max cavity size and max cavity component count were offered as reports in 16.5 and are now
available as DRCs in 16.6. Fab houses supporting embedded component manufacturing offer
design guidelines on cavity usage.

October 2012

212

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Database & Misc Enhancements

Pastemask update

Generic Tech File (Cross Section Neutral)

Net Group Constraint Object

New Design Defaults

Find Filter update

Plotting Improvements

Buried/Blind via Generator update

Design Re-Use Modules

New Variables

New Properties

Modified Properties

Reports

IDF Out

Fabmaster Output

Symbol Export

New Extracta command line options

New DBdoctor command line options

New Dbstat command line options

Switchversion

Dump Libraries

Data Migration

Downrev to 16.5

Database Diary

Performance Improvements

Skill Enhancements

October 2012

213

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Pastemask update
The Pastemask to Pastemask DRC now checks the Package Geometry/Pastemask_top
shapes of the same symbol.

Generic Tech File (Cross Section Neutral)


A generic tech file is comprised of 4 by-layer values for all Physical and Spacing CSet
constraints. These 4 values are not defined for any specific layer name but are associated
with the layer types (Top, Internal Signal, Internal Plane, and Bottom). When the generic tech
file is imported into a design, the values will populate all layers of the appropriate type in the
target design. For example:

Layer Type (in Generic Tech File)

Layer (in target Design)

Top

TOP

Internal Signal

SIG1, SIG2, SIG3, SIG4

Internal Plane

PWR, GND

Bottom

BOT

When considering this style of tech file, it may be best to use the export function to create the
base tech file. The graphic below is from the File Export Tech File command in
Constraint Manager, The configure UI can be used to map specific layers to the Generic
Types of Top, Internal signal, Internal plane or Bottom.

October 2012

214

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Net Group Constraint Object


A new net grouping mechanism has been added in 16.6 called NET_GROUP. Essentially, the
NET GROUP replaces the BUS object. Cadence recommends that back-end tools (Allegro,
APD and SIP) migrate to NET_GROUPS over BUSES and reserve bus groups to the frontend tools. While back-end users can still create the BUS constraint object using Edit Property,
those created in the front-end Cadence tools will be marked as read-only in the back-end
tools (you will not be able to delete them or add or delete members).
The Net Class is still supported and should be regarded as a relational constraint object.

New Design Defaults


New designs can be automatically seeded with a default template design or just default units/
accuracy. A template design can contain anything; units/accuracy, parameters (including
colors), constraints or physical data. To utilize a default template design methodology, place
in a location specified by the wizard_template_path variable a design of the format:

new_default.<ext>

where <ext> is one of brd, dra, pad, mcm, or sip

example = new_default.brd

You can instead choose to set only default units and accuracy in new designs by using
environment variables. Refer to the new_design section of the User Preference Editor.
The simplest approach is to use the new_units and new_accuracy to set the starting units
for all design types. You can also set unit/accuracy by product types via additional env
variables (Allegro, APD, cdnsip, pad_designer).

Find Filter update


The find by name section of the Find Filter has been updated to support hierarchical
database objects. (Match group, Net group, Net class, Pin pair, Diff Pair, Region)

Plotting Improvements
PDF now supports the mirror setting in the artwork film record. (16.5 ISR)
Windows plot setup parameters now detects Allegro design units change and adjusts its
settings.

October 2012

215

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Buried/Blind via Generator update


Both the auto and manual bbvia generation dialogs now can support generation of uvia
padstacks in products that support uvias.

Design Re-Use Modules

Import/export module will now preserve fillets when the manual fillet model is enabled in
the design.

5X Support - Design Reuse modules can be stored in the appropriate 5x physical view
that corresponds to its schematic design section. This feature is enabled by default and
is the first location searched for design reuse (mdd) files. It can be disabled by setting the
env variable modules_no_5x_support.

To use Allegro must read the .cpm file (via Allegro's -proj command line option) having
Allegro start from projmgr. Allegro searches all libraries defined to locate the available set of
.mdd files. Each physical view directory can specify at most one module (.mdd) file. In the
.mdd file the current mdd is specified by the master.tag present in the view directory. The
contents of this file must be the mdd file to use. We ignore the file extension since users
sometime keep a brd with the same name in this directory. Example you have a module called
ddr.mdd in the view. You need to have a master.tag in the same directory containing the
name ddr.mdd or ddr.brd (or even ddr.mcm).

New Variables

place_text_filename - allows overriding default output file name associated with the
export placement function.

showmeasure_altunits Enable to have Show Measure report dual units.

ok_net_one_pin - Single and No Pin net report now supports this net level property
to suppress the report of nets where this is OK.

dump_library_directory - dump libraries now allows the user to specify via this
variable, where its output should be stored. Ideally this should be a location relative to
current project directory.

wizard_template_path source location for template files (.brd, .pad, .mcm,


.sip, .dra).

new_template_with_last_design - Restores 16.5 capability by using the units and


accuracy of the previous design to seed a new design.

allegro_new_accuracy specifies database accuracy on new boards.

October 2012

216

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

allegro_new_units specifies database units on new boards.

modules_no_5x_support Disables re-use module 5X physical flow.

New Properties

OK_NET_ONE_PIN - Single and No Pin net report now supports a net level property to
suppress the report of nets where this is OK.

DUAL_SIDED_COMPONENT embedded component property for dual side contact. It


can be added in the symbol editor at the design level and when the symbol is compiled
into a psm it will be promoted to the definition.

EMB_INDIRECT_VIA_SUPPRESS use to removal symbol pins from embedded


components (indirect attach method)

DYN_XHATCH_THERM_WIDTH - property set on the dynamic shape to allow crosshatched dynamic shapes generate thermal clines widths based upon the shape's cross
hatch width. You should normally control this property via the Dynamic Shape dialogs.

Modified Properties

VIA_AT_SMD_THRU - can now be added to pins in Symbol Editor

LIBRARY_PATH - now visible (it existed in previous releases as a hidden property). It is


a string value present on symbol definitions and modules (new for 16.6). It is used by the
Symbol Library Path Report. For module databases (mdd) created with 16.6, this
property is present at the design level and reports the board, mcm, or sip file location that
was used to create the mdd file.

All properties that were supported at the BUS level are also now supported in the
NET_GROUP level. Many of these properties support constraints.

IC_DESIGN_NET_NAME (SIP and APD) - now supported on a component and function


definitions.

IDX_EXCLUDE - can now be added to rectangles and shapes.

Reports

Single and No Pin net report now supports net level property (OK_NET_ONE_PIN) to
suppress the report of nets where this is OK.

Net Loop Detects loops or redundant circuitry associated with single or multiple layer
etch configurations. DC nets and nets with over 100 pins are excluded from processing.

October 2012

217

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

IDF Out
The panel outline has been added to the filter list of objects that can be excluded during IDF
Export.

Fabmaster Output
The File Export menu now supports Fabmaster out.

Symbol Export
SiP-based feature Symbol Export to Spreadsheet now available in PCB Editor.

New Extracta command line options


-A: list all database attachments,
-a <name>: extract specified database attachment.
-l <logname>: override extract.log file name and location

New DBdoctor command line options


-shape_update - update out of date dynamic shapes
-force_shape_update - force update of all dynamic shapes
Note: DBdoctor now creates a backup when used in uprev mode.

New Dbstat command line options


-e - report editing time and who saved the design last

Switchversion
On Windows, Switchversion's file association option now works with UAC enabled.

October 2012

218

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Dump Libraries
Dump libraries now allows the user to specify via an env variable,
dump_library_directory, where its output should be stored. Ideally this should be a
location relative to current project directory.
Product Selectors

The Product Chooser User Interface now supports license caching to improve startup
performance. This requires enabling the variable allegro_license_caching.

The variable license_nolegacy when set will filter from the Toolswap command any
product with legacy in its name. This is also available in 16.5.

User Defined Product Packages - SPB Marketing implemented a new product packaging
scheme in 16.5 that defined a base product and multiple options. Previous releases
product packaging was based upon a tiered set of products where product options were
secondary. CAD administrators have expressed a desire to package the base product
with one or more options into single product. For example, this allows them to recreate
the Allegro PCB XL product present in previous releases. It also lessens the possibility
that there users might select the wrong mix of options for their design work. Basic
requirements include following:

A customer site based product configuration file based upon CDS_SITE:


license_packages_<product>.txt

where <product> is executable name (e.g.Allegro, APD or cdnsip)

Example: for PCB Allegro - license_packages_allegro.txt

Locate the file via CDS_SITE methodology; specifically via Allegro PATH variable
LOCALPATH (default) which has the resolution:

<HOME>/pcbenv

<CDS_SITE>/pcb

(also called ALLEGRO_SITE)

The configuration file allows the user to specify one or more User Product Packages
that consist of:

A user product name

A base Cadence product

Zero or more Cadence options that are available for the base Cadence product.

October 2012

219

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

The UI shows customer configurations (exclude default Cadence


configurations) in the Cadence Product Chooser.

User Config file for above example

#filternocadence
Package Acme PCB XL
License Allegro_performance
Option Allegro_PCB_Highspeed_Option
Option Allegro_PCB_Mini_Option
Package Acme PCB Highspeed
License Allegro_performance
Option Allegro_PCB_Highspeed_Option

Data Migration

Obsolete environment variables display_shapefill &


display_shapefill_analysis are removed from the User Preference Editor
form.

October 2012

220

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Allegro is more aggressive in preventing VOLTAGE nets being added to BUS and
MATCH_GROUP objects since it may cause performance problems.

Disallow the backslash (\) as part of net names. An environment variable,


legacy_character_set can be set to enable the old mode.

A new net grouping mechanism has been added in 16.6 called NET_GROUPS. Cadence
recommends back-end tools (Allegro, APD and SIP) migrate to NET_GROUPS over
BUSES and reserve bus groups to the front-end tools. While back-end users can still
create buses, those created in the front-end Cadence tools will be marked as read-only
in the back-end tools (you will not be able to delete them or add or delete members).

Downrev to 16.5
Downrev to SPB16.5 is supported from the File Export menu. As always, carefully
consider the impact of downrev before commitment.

Database Diary
The database diary is now available in the PCB Editor. (currently in APD/SiP products)
It can be used to maintain user comments related to design activity and milestones.
You can access this command from Tools Database Diary.

October 2012

221

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Performance Improvements
~ 2x improvement with Testprep and Autosilk commands.

Skill Enhancements
As always you should check <cdsroot>/share/pcb/examples/skill/DOC for what
new functions are available in this release.
Multiline Skill input is now supported in the Skill development window. This is useful if you
need to cut-n-paste a Skill code block into this Window. The more> prompt in the Skill window
indicates that you are in multi-line mode. If you accidentally enter this mode and need to
return to normal Skill input hit the Esc key followed by Enter. Typical means of entering this
mode are due to mismatch parenthesis or double quotes.

October 2012

222

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Symbol Editor Enhancements

Renumber Symbol Pins

Symbol Editor - Import .CSV pin files

Renumber Symbol Pins


The Symbol Editor has been enhanced with a new utility designed to automatically renumber
pins based on positional qualifiers. The path to the utility is Layout Renumber Pins.

October 2012

223

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Symbol Editor - Import .CSV pin files


The Symbol Editor now supports both exporting and importing of pin based .CSV files. The
format of the file supports: pin number, padstack name, x position, y position, rotation, text
offset x, text offset y, text rotate, mirror.

October 2012

224

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Preparing for the 17.0 Release


This release (16.6) will be the last version that will allow designs (boards, mcm, symbols and
padstacks) created in releases earlier then 11.0 to be upreved to the current release. For
these old design versions, you must have an OS (Sparc Solaris or AIX) with a Cadence
Allegro install to successfully perform a uprev of designs older than 11.0. With 17.0, Cadence
will still be able to uprev these old customer designs but even this capability will be
discontinued when 16.6 is EOL.
As part of 17.0 adoption, if you have pre-11.0 designs you may need to access, you should
either:

Uprev these designs to16.0 if you plan to have a need to continue to access them.

Provision a legacy system (Sparc or AIX) with 16.6 and preserve it as a uprev system.

Tips:

The batch program, dbstat, can be used to report the version of any Allegro database. It
supports wildcards so it can be used to report the version of all databases in one
directory.

The batch programs, uprev and uprev_overwrite, can be used to bring databases up
to the current Allegro software version. They both support a recursion option (see
documentation) that allows them descend a directory hierarchy, updating any Allegro
designs found.

None of the these batch programs requires a Cadence license.

As a summary of the initial Allegro release supported on a per platform is listed below.
These platforms will be unable to open or uprev a database older than their first release
number.

Platform

First Release

Sparc

1.0

Windows

11.0

Linux

14.0

AIX

4.0

October 2012

225

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

RF PCB Enhancements
In this release several enhancements have been made in RF PCB to increase your
productivity.

Layout Enhancements

Autoplace Enhancements

Via Exchange Between Allegro PCB Editor and ADS

Miscellaneous Enhancements

Layout Enhancements
A major enhancement is made for snapping. In 16.5, when you snap an RF component to a
non-RF component pad, you can only snap to the connecting point (usually is the center of
the pad). Sometimes users want to connect RF components with non-RF components at the
edge of a pad. This results in many RF commands need to be enhanced to support the
snapping to pad edge functionality. This module includes:

Snap Enhancements

Add Connect Enhancements

Modify Connectivity Enhancements

Add Component Enhancements

Scaled Copy Enhancements

Single Segment Connection

Route with Any Angle Bend

Snap Enhancements
You can use this functionality to snap an RF component to a non-RF component, or a nonRF component to an RF component or even a non-RF component to another non-RF
component based on the connectivity.
There is a Snap to pad edge check box on the form which is used for snapping to a specific
edge of a pad.

October 2012

226

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
Note: When you snap a non-RF pad edge to another non-RF pad edge, this may result in
violations for manufacturing/assembly, so youve to manually check all those violations.

You can also select some components as a temp group to snap together. During the snap
command, RMB select Temp Group and then click a pin to snap, the whole temp group will
be moved together.

In 16.6, you are able to snap a component from outside of the outline to inside of the outline
or snap a component from the inside of the outline to the outside of the outline.

October 2012

227

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
The use model for the snapping pad edge is a little different from the original snapping
functionality, once the Snap to pad edge option is checked, the direction for Fix source
component or Fix destination component will be disabled. The source component will be
attached to your mouse and you need to move your mouse close to the destination
component pad edge.
RF to non-RF
Click the RF component pin firstly and the RF component will be attached to your mouse,
move your mouse close to the non-RF component pad, the RF component will be snapped
to the edge of non-RF component pin. You can change the edge by moving your mouse close
to a different edge of the pad, the dynamic path will show for you and you can click to place
the RF component and the RF component will be connected with the non-RF component at
the edge of the non-RF component pad. During the moving process, you can see the
ratsnests for the connectivity.

October 2012

228

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
Non-RF to RF/non-RF
Select an edge of the non-RF component pad and the non-RF component will be attached to
your mouse, move your mouse close to the RF component pin (refer to the ratsnest) and the
non-RF component will be moved and snapped to the RF component, click to place the nonRF component.

Add Connect Enhancements


The Add Connect command is enhanced to support snapping to pad edge functionality.
When you check the Snap to pad edge option (available when the Snap to connect point

October 2012

229

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
option is checked), you can start routing from any edge of a pad by moving your mouse close
the edge of the pad and clicking it to start.

The Variable line width option will be available if the Snap to connect point option is
checked. If you check the Variable line width option, the width of the RF trace will be variable
based on the entry and the size of the pad and you cant change the trace width during the
routing. If you unchecked this option, the width of the trace will use the value that you entered
on the Options tab and you can change the width during the routing process.

October 2012

230

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
There is one more menu item Accurate length on the RMB menu during the routing. If you
select it, the following form will pop up and you can enter a specific value for the length that
you want to route.

You can route RF trace with any angle mitered bend by setting as following:

This can only provide the capability to start routing with any angle miter bend but may not
complete the any angle routing between two specific points. If you want to do that, you may
need to use the new command Any Angle Bend Connect.
Modify Connectivity Enhancements
This command is enhanced by adding Snap to pad edge option. If this option is checked,
the following Fix source component and Fix destination component options will be
disabled.

October 2012

231

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
The first selected component (by selecting the pin or pad edge) will be attached to your
mouse and you can move your mouse to close the destination pin/pad edge.

October 2012

232

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
Add Component Enhancements
The Add Component is enhanced with the new option of Snap to pad edge. If this option
is checked, the component to be placed can be located at a specific edge of a pad during the
placement.

October 2012

233

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
Scaled Copy Enhancements
This command is enhanced by increasing the option Snap to pad edge. Once this option is
checked, the scaled copied RF component can be connected to any edge of a pad.

October 2012

234

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
Single Segment Connection
In some cases, when you want to connect two points (pads) with a single segment (for
example, microstrip line), you can use this new command from RF-PCB - Single Segment
Connect.

To connect two pads, you can check Snap to connect point and then click the two pads.
You may be asked to confirm to remove the ratsnest by changing the netname for a pin.
Using this command, you need to understand the routing may not be fully connected since
the rotation of the pads.

You can use this command for the connection between two non-RF components or two RF
components or one RF component and one non-RF component.

October 2012

235

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
Route with Any Angle Bend
A new command is introduced to connect two pins/pads with any angle mitered bend. For
example, three RF components (two line segments and one any angle mitered bend) to
connect two specific pins/pads. The line segment may be Microstrip Line (MLIN) or Stripline
(SLIN) and the any angle bend may be MBEND or SBEND2.
Choose RF-PCB - Any Angle Bend Connect to launch this command.

The parameters are shown on the Options tab as below:

You can enter the values for line width and miter fraction of the bend. For this command, the
Snap to connect point option will be checked automatically and you cant change it. Under
this option, there are three options you can control.

October 2012

236

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Snap to pad edge: this option is used for the entry/exit of the routing at two pads.

Variable line width: this option is used for the control of the width of the trace.

Taper width difference: this option is used for the control of the last segment.

If Snap to pad edge option is checked, you can specify the edges for the connection
between two pads. If its unchecked, the connect point of the pins (usually is center of the pad)
will be used for the connection.
If the Variable line width option is checked, the connection will auto extract the width of the
pads (if the entry width and exit width are different, then the exit/source width will be used).
The width will be adjusted automatically based on the exit direction of the trace at source pin.
The Line width on the form will not be used. If this option is unchecked, then the line width
entered on the form will be used.
If the Taper width difference option is checked, the Taper length field will be enabled and
you can enter a value for the taper length. If the destination pad (entry width) has a different
value from the source pad (exit width), then the last segment will be a MTAPER with the
specific length on the form.So in this case, there may be four elements (two MLINs, one any
angle mitered MBEND and a MTAPER). This works only for Top/Bottom layer, for inner layers,
this option will be disabled and you cant check it. If the taper length is too long, then you may
not get the proper path for the connection.
The use model for this command is as below:

If the Taper width difference option is not checked, the routing includes three elements
only.

Select the source pin/pad edge and then select the destination pin/pad edge, the shorted
path will show for you by default and you can directly click to confirm or you can RMB select

October 2012

237

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
Switch to see other possible paths, select the expected path to click to complete the
connection.

If the Taper width difference option is checked, the routing may have four elements.

If you want to add clearances for the routed RF components, you can check the Initialize
clearance option.

October 2012

238

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Autoplace Enhancements

RF Grouping in Front End

Enhancements in Back End

Autoplace is a very important step for RF layout creation after the schematic transferred to
layout. The system will automatically create groups based on connectivity during the
autoplace process. This will result in many groups in autoplace and its difficult to find the
proper groups to do autoplace. Users would like to define groups in schematic side based on
functions such as LNA, pre-amplifier and so on and then select the proper groups to start
autoplace.
In 16.6, some new commands are added in Allegro Design Entry HDL to support grouping
such as add group, disband group, display group to control the groups for autoplace. The
detailed commands are as following:

All those commands are only available in the pre-selection mode.

Add Group: Attach a property (RFGROUP) to the selected components.

Add Split: Attach a property (RFSPLIT) to the wires selected. If a wire is attached with
this property, then the logic group will be broken at here (one big logic group will be split
into two logic groups).

Disband: Remove the RFGROUP property from each RF component for the specific
group.

Exclude: Remove the property for selected objects (RFGROUP for RF components or
RFSPLIT for wires).

Display Group: Highlight/report the RF components within a specific group.

Display Split: Highlight all wires with the RFSPLIT property.

October 2012

239

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
If you transfer the schematic to layout and launch Autoplace, you will see the groups are
classified differently, the group names added in schematic are reflected in the autoplace.

You can use the Group filter to easily find/locate some specific groups to do autoplace.

October 2012

240

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
RF Grouping in Front End
To use the grouping functionality in schematic, choose Tools - Options and check the
Enable Pre-select Mode. The RF PCB menus are shown in the figure below.

October 2012

241

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
Enhancements in Back End
In PCB Editor choose RF-PCB - Autoplace.

All components will be classified into different logic groups. Each logic group will have a name
with the prefix _rfGroup. If you have already defined a group in schematic (for example ABC),
then this name will be the name for a real physical group in layout. This name will be attached
following the logic name within brackets such as _rfGroup1(ABC).
Some other enhancements for the autoplace are as below:
October 2012

242

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6

Add a new check box Ignore FIXED property.

A new mark A for the groups just completed autoplace.

A filter to find/locate a group.

Ratsnests display during the autoplace.

Moving clearances as well

Performance enhancements

If you check the Ignore FIXED property option, then a fixed component can be moved as
well during the autoplace.
There are two kinds of marks for the groups. A group with P mark means this group is already
placed into canvas before the autoplace command launched. A group with A mark (green
October 2012

243

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
color) means this group completed the autoplace in the current session. A group without any
marks means this group is still unplaced and you may need to do autoplace for it.
The autoplace is enhanced to show the ratsnests while the dynamic path is attached to your
mouse during the autoplace process. This is easy for you to place the group to the proper
location.

Another enhancement is to support the clearance moving as well for the autoplace. For
example, after completing the autoplace for a logical group and then adding the clearances
for the components within the group. If you redo the autoplace and move to a different location

October 2012

244

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
to place the group, the clearances will be moved as well. Before that, the clearances will not
go with the RF components.

Via Exchange Between Allegro PCB Editor and ADS

Export Allegro Generic Via Padstacks to ADS

Export Allegro Design with Generic Vias to ADS by IFF

Import IFF with Via Components into Allegro

Layer-to-layer via structures are almost always used in PCB designs. These common
structures are not standardized in ADS, they are represented in several ways. These include
instances of via models such as the microstrip VIA2, and as layout-only footprints that define
the catch pads and drill holes with simple polygons.
The disconnecting between the capabilities of PCB tool via structures and the equivalent
object in ADS makes design transfer difficult. A PCB-tool via structure must be flattened to
simple polygons for transfer to ADS, losing most of the information contained in the original
PCB via. Likewise, those simple polygons can be transferred back to the PCB tool, but are
October 2012

245

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
not identified as a via structure and not treated as a layer-to-layer connection.ADS does not
have the PCB compatible via library, that means no padstack definition for generic PCB via.
To solve the problem, Cadence and Agilent worked out a solution: you can export Allegro
generic via padstacks firstly from PCB Editor and then ADS will build PCB-style via library
with pcbViaLib Utility offered in ADS2011.10. Agilent has provided the pcbViaLib design kit,
which provides via import utilities and a new ADS component, the pcbVia. This design kit
defines a data file format that holds the definition of a PCB-tool style via structure, which is
read by the pcbVia component and used with a layout macro to render exactly the same
layout footprint in ADS as in the PCB tool.
When you export an Allegro layout design with generic vias to ADS by IFF, you can select
export vias as components so all generic vias will be mapped to ADS via components.
You can also use the via components in ADS layout and then export the ADS design with the
kind of via components by IFF. When importing the design into PCB Editor by IFF, the I/F will
automatically map back the ADS via components to Allegro generic via padstacks.
The flow for via management between Allegro an ADS is as following:

October 2012

246

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
Export Allegro Generic Via Padstacks to ADS
To run the command choose RF-PCB - Export Padstacks to ADS for ADS via component
creation.

All vias used in the design will be listed and then you can select some/all vias to export.
Please notice only vias in the layout will be listed on the form, so if you want to export a via
padstack, you have to place the via into a design.
The Via group name is for ADS usage. Once you create the via components in ADS side, you
can place a via component in ADS layout from the specific via group.
Note: It is recommended to use a unique group name for each design so that ADS will not
confuse.

October 2012

247

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
The exporting for via padstacks is not based on IFF format but AEL.

October 2012

248

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
Export Allegro Design with Generic Vias to ADS by IFF
In a design with generic vias in PCB Editor choose RF-PCB - IFF Interface - Export.

The IFF export dialog box appears.

You can click More options, to see the Vias tab. Two options available for via transfer mode.
By default, all vias will be considered as components to export. You can change it to Shape
October 2012

249

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
for the exporting as before. You can also RMB click on the header bar to select Change all to
components as below:

If you export all vias as components, then all selected generic vias will be written out as via
components in IFF file so that ADS can recognize them.

October 2012

250

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
Import IFF with Via Components into Allegro
In PCB Editor, choose RF-PCB - IFF Interface - Import, browse to the proper
layout.iff file.

All via components in the IFF file will be mapped back to Allegro generic vias.

Miscellaneous Enhancements
Some other small enhancements made to RF PCB 16.6 includes:

New Libraries

Setup Enhancements

DRC Removal for Netlist Re-import

Discrete Library Translator Enhancements

October 2012

251

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
New Libraries
Two new RF components which existed in ADS are now added to library:

VIA2

SLINO

VIA2 is a special via component in ADS similar to Allegro via padstack (but its not a padstack
structure).

October 2012

252

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
SLINO is a stripline component that has special substrate structure:

October 2012

253

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
Setup Enhancements
A new option Customize is added to the drop-down list for Parameter set in Options tab of
RF-PCB - Setup. This is used to determine the GUI to be floating or fixed in the Options tab.
There are three items currently:

All

Autoplace

Clearance settings

If you check All, then all RF PCB GUI will be floating instead of fixed in Options tab.

October 2012

254

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
If you check Autoplace option in above form and then you launch Autoplace command, you
will see the GUI for Autoplace will be floating as following:

DRC Removal for Netlist Re-import


In the past, after you transfer a schematic to layout and complete the RF placement by
Autoplace, if you re-import the original netlist without any changes into PCB Editor, you will
see a lot of DRC (shape2shape or shape2pin) and you have to do autoplace again to remove
those DRCs. This is because the shape nets for RF components are missed during the netlist
October 2012

255

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.6
importing so all RF shapes have a dummy net. This is enhanced to remove the DRCs for the
re-importing netlist without any changes.
Discrete Library Translator Enhancements
When translating Allegro discrete library to ADS, some pin numbers may not be correct in
ADS schematic. For example, when we export the following component to ADS:

The result in ADS may be as below:

October 2012

256

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in


Release 16.5
This document describes new features in the current and previous releases of Allegro PCB
Editor. Significant enhancements have been made in the following areas:

Embedded Component Design

Graphical User Interface

Etch Edit Enhancements

Intelligent PDF Output

Associative Dimensioning

Design for Manufacturing

DRC Updates

ECAD-MCAD Flow

Database and Misc Enhancements

RF PCB Enhancements

To view the latest updates on hardware and software requirements, see the Allegro Platform
System Requirements. Also refer to the Migration Guide for Allegro Platform Products,
Product Version 16.5.

October 2012

257

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.5

Embedded Component Design


With increased market demands for smaller and lighter products, improved performance and
higher speeds, it may become necessary to consider the embedding of passive or even active
components within the inner substrates of the PCB. If you are designing product that
essentially can be held in your hand, perhaps ones used in mobile applications or a consumer
electronic device like a digital camera, embedded component technology may be in your
product roadmap plans. The methods on how components are mounted and logically
connected to the formation of cavities may differ from vendor to vendor. The Allegro Marketing
and R&D teams have done its best to provide a robust solution that can accommodate the
vast options you may encounter in the industry. As always, our best advice for advanced PCB
Design whether that be HDI, Flex or Embedded is to work closely with your Fabricator who
may also own the Allegro tools. They can advise on the proper parameter and constraint
settings that best accommodate their process flow.
To support embedded components, following enhancements have been done in Allegro PCB
Editor.

Licensing

Front to Back Flow Support

Setup

Key Terminology

Design Rule Checks

Best Practice Paper

Licensing
Embedded Component Design is available in both the PCB Editor and Package/SiP tools.
Under the new licensing scheme for 16.5, the "Miniaturization" product option is selected.

Front to Back Flow Support


The overall functionality associated with Embedded Component Design is largely contained
in the back end physical products. However, the primary method that enables a component
to be an embedded candidate is driven from a component definition or instance level property
called EMBEDDED_PLACEMENT. This property can be applied at the schematic level with
values of Required or Optional, thus enforcing the front-to-back flow restrictions you may
want to impose on your design process. Alternatively, it can be applied with the physical backend editors.
October 2012

258

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.5

Setup
To setup your board file for supporting embedded components, choose Setup Embedded
Layer Setup
The embedded layer setup form controls the layer(s) to be used for embedded placement,
Component direction of Body Up or Body Down, attachment methods of Direct or Indirect and
associated global parameters.

Key Terminology
Direct Attach

The manufacturing technology where the components are


soldered directly to an internal layer. One way to visualize this is
to think of assembling a traditional PCB with the components on
the external surface(s) and then laminating more layers on top of
the components.

Indirect Attach

The manufacturing technology where the components are


suspended in the dielectric material between the layers.
Components are glued, not soldered. The electrical connections
are made by drilling control dept microvias through the foil and
epoxy to the component pins.

Closed Cavity

The space around the embedded component in the dielectric


between two etch layers. The XY dimensions of the cavity are
driven by the size of the component and other manufacturing
rules. In most applications, the cavity will be between two
adjacent layers; however, multilayer cavities will be supported.

Open Cavity

A blind hole in the substrate in which components are placed.


This hole is open to one of the external substrate surfaces and
may be several layers deep. The cavity will often have

October 2012

259

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.5
progressively smaller lengths and widths from the external
surface to the depth of the cavity.

Note: The terms above are Cadence generated. The Fabricator may use different
terminology to describe their methodology.

Design Rule Checks


Two new constraints have been added, one to check for package to cavity clearance and
second to verify the package height within the cavity.
To enable these constraints, choose Setup Constraints Modes Design Modes
(Package), and select the two options listed below Embedded DRCs.

Note: DFA - Component clearance is based on top side values from the DFA table.
Component Placement

Use Move/Place Manual and right-click to access the Place on Layer command. Only
legal layers to embed components appear in the form.

October 2012

260

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.5

Use Quickplace to quickly place embedded components on their targeted embedded


layer. The Quickplace form is enhanced to recognize the Embedded_Placement
property and Internal embedded layers.

Best Practice Paper


For further details on using embedded components, refer to product documentation and the
Embedded Component Design best practices paper.

Graphical User Interface


This section lists the enhancements made to the Allegro PCB Editor user interface.

Highlighting With Stipple Patterns

Dynamic and Static Shape Display

Highlighting Fixed Objects

Status Bar Updates

3-D Viewer Update

Data Tip Setup

Data Tip Display

October 2012

261

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.5

Highlighting With Stipple Patterns


Stipple Patterns support is provided through assign color and highlight commands
as well as through the Color dialog. The assign color command allows you to assign
custom stipple patterns to objects in addition to assigning color and default highlight patterns
it currently supports.D

The assign color command, as its name implies, allows you to assign a custom color
to a database element with the option of overlaying stipple patterns.

The highlight command allows the assignment of stipple pattern to elements such as
nets; no color assignment is done. This is the main difference between the highlight
assign color commands. The Find filter options for both commands are the same.

The Color dialog has been enhanced to allow stipple pattern assignment to layers.
Assigning a pattern to a color cell is applied to all corresponding objects on that layer.

Dynamic and Static Shape Display


The former graphics behavior for dynamic and static shapes has been restored.

October 2012

262

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.5

Highlighting Fixed Objects


Discerning fixed objects in the database can often be a trial and error exercise for a designer.
One might attempt to slide a cline segment only to find out it has been fixed. A new graphical
enhancement helps identify fixed elements with stipple pattern overlays. Assign any one of
the available 15 stipple patterns to the new Fixed Object entry located in the Display tab of
the Color dialog box.

October 2012

263

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.5

Status Bar Updates


Functional responses can be obtained by clicking fields in the status bar. For example, the
field indicating the current subclass can be selected and changed to a new class/subclass.
This is a good alternative to opening the Options tab over in the side panel.

3-D Viewer Update


The 3D viewer now updates layer visibility changes dynamically. This mode is enabled by
default.

October 2012

264

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.5

Data Tip Setup


The Object Type field has expanded from 6 entries to 17 entries providing greater
customization of on-screen display information. For example, hover over cline segments to
obtain etch width as shown is the figure below.

Data Tip Display


Data Tips can now be enabled or disabled from the Setup Menu or tool bar icon

Etch Edit Enhancements

Differential Phase Tuning

Trace Tapering

Group Route Via Patterns

Diff Pair Routing - Transitions at Region Boundary

Pad Exit Behavior

HDI Via Labels

HDI Via-Via Line Fattening

Delete Via Structures

Copy/Move Stacked Vias

October 2012

265

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.5

Differential Phase Tuning


Phase Tuning is an alternative to using the mouse guided delay tune command and offers the
precision of finite length adjustment to differential signals that are length/phase constrained.
It is especially effective on static or dynamic phase-constrained differential pairs where
iterative etch compensation may be required at various points along the path of either
member of the pair. Simply make a mouse click at any point on the cline path to add in a
single-parameterized phase bump.
The command is located in the Route menu of the PCB Editor. When invoked, parameters
can be set in the Options tab. Select a style of Line or Arc then define its respective length/
size parameters. The form computes the added compensation for each bump before applying
it.

Phase Tune Options

Differential Phase Bumps

Trace Tapering
Trace tapering is the gradual reduction of line width on a PCB. The purpose of tapering is to
prevent abrupt changes in line width. Common in RF and Rigid Flex applications, tapering is
used to reduce stress at the location of the line width transition.
Trace tapering feature is a function of the shape-based fillet algorithm. The fillet parameter
form has been expanded to include a section specifically for trace tapering. Other minor
changes include a section for Global options at the beginning of the form. As with pin/via
based fillets, enabling the Dynamic option automatically adds the taper object during

October 2012

266

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.5
interactive routing. If the Dynamic option is disabled, tapering can be done using the add
taper trace command located in the Route Gloss menu.

Cline transition at rigid-flex boundary

Group Route Via Patterns


Via Pattern support is available when in the add connect command. Group routing is
initiated in one of the following ways:

Invoke add connect command and then select a group of vias or cline segments to
commence the group route.

Invoke add connect command then right-click to select Multiline Route to route a
user-defined number of dummy nets.

There are six available via patterns. These same patterns are available in the PCB Router
(Specctra) interactive routing environment. With the add connect command enabled,
right-click and select Via Pattern from the menu, and from the drop-down list select the
required via pattern.

Diff Pair Routing - Transitions at Region Boundary


Quality improvements have been made to both add connect and slide commands in the
area of Constraint Region transitions. They include:

Symmetrical gathering of Differential Pairs at the boundary when crossed orthogonally


or at 45 degrees.

October 2012

267

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.5

Maintain Differential Pair line width and gap during slide or when being shoved.

Remove the hinge effect at boundary - free sliding of Differential Pair.

Pad Exit Behavior


When the Enhanced Pad Entry feature was introduced in SPB 16.3 release, it did not support
pads drawn as shapes. For the 16.5 release, the feature has been enhanced to support shape
based pads.

The Enhanced Pad Entry option is available on the right-click menu for both add connect
and slide commands.

HDI Via Labels


Color support is now available for Via labels. These graphical labels are used to provide visual
feedback for the respective begin:end layers of a single or stacked series of microvias.

October 2012

268

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.5
You can access the color controls in the Color Dialog Display folder.

HDI Via-Via Line Fattening


In previous releases, if you wanted to increase the line width between two adjacent HDI vias,
the application had to be run on the complete design. In this release, the feature has been
enhanced to provide a new control option, using which, you can run the application on
selected clines only.

Delete Via Structures


Via structures are typically used in the breakout of devices requiring stacked or staggered
microvias. The via structure library can be accessed from the Create Fanout application.

October 2012

269

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.5
Starting this release, you can use the Via Structure Delete command to delete
unnecessary via structures from the design database.

Copy/Move Stacked Vias


The Copy and Move commands now handle stacked vias as a single entity.

October 2012

270

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.5

Intelligent PDF Output


PDF could now be directly generated from Allegro PCB Editor. This is licensed separately
from the Allegro PCB Editor. It uses the Allegro Design Publisher Option license ( which is
also used by the Design Entry HDL).
This tool exports Allegro board data in a PDF document with intelligent data for components,
nets, and test points. You can specify the graphical Class/subclass layers that can be viewed
and the properties that are to be extracted in the PDF. The graphical data generation is
defined through the artwork layer control files and the current color assigned to that layer in
the design. Page size, gray scale, scaling, and other options are available to the user.
Allegro to PDF may also be run as a batch routine. To run PDF Publisher:

Choose File Export PDF.

Run the pdf out command.

Note: Artwork film records are required to be in place before extraction.


Licensing
You are required to have the Allegro PDF Publisher license as is used by Allegro Design Entry
HDL, and at minimum a PDF reader. Cadence recommends Adobe 9.0 or higher.
Note: Cross Probing is not supported between Front- and Back-End PDF files.

Associative Dimensioning
The Allegro dimensioning capabilities have been enhanced so that when a dimension is
created involving one or more design database objects, internally, the dimension remains
associated with these objects. Subsequent editing operations, such as the moving of an
object, can then appropriately and automatically update any dimensions that are associated
with that object.
To access this functionality:

Choose Manufacturing Dimension Environment

Run the Dimension Edit command

Use the toolbar icon

October 2012

271

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.5
Note: Once in the Dimension Edit Environment, use the right-click menu to access all
commands and parameter setup associated with dimensioning.

When a database is up-revved a previous SPB release to 16.5 release, dimensions do


not become associative. Dimension added in the previous releases remain
non-associative and essential static in place. They cannot be moved or edited but the
PCB Designer may elect to delete and re-add the dimensions to leverage the new
associative behavior.

When a 16.5 database is down-revved, the dimensions remain but the association is
removed.

The delete dimensions command associated with the dimension edit environment
is used to delete associative dimensioning.

Deleting an object, causes deletion of associated dimensions.

To move dimension leader lines and text, use the move text or edit leaders
commands associated with the dimension edit environment.

After moving a component in the y-direction, the dimension text does not maintain its
former y position. To maintain the former y location, use the Lock dimensions
command. This command locks the text in place prior to moving the component.

The z-move command is used to move dimension text to other subclasses, but there are
some limitations. The available Class-Subclasses are:

Board Geometry

Dimension

Assembly Notes

Any user defined subclass

Drawing Format

Manufacturing

Any user defined subclass

Any user defined subclass

In the parameter forms, Color blue represents:

Parameter form changes apply to future dimensions that are added. They do
not apply to existing dimensions.

Instance Parameter form changes apply only to the dimension you select in
the canvas.

October 2012

272

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.5

Design for Manufacturing

DFA Enhancements (Side-End and End-Side support)

DFA Usability

Minimum Metal to Metal Clearance DRC

Duplicate Drill DRC

Cross Section Chart

Backdrill Enhancement (Any Layer to Any Layer)

DRC Updates

DFA Enhancements (Side-End and End-Side support)


The DFA spreadsheet now supports a fourth DRC entry to accommodate requests for
separate values for Side to End and End to Side. In the example below, A and B both
represent a Side to End condition where different values need to be applied.

The symbol considered the Reference Symbol is located in the column of the DFA
spreadsheet.

If End to Side value is not present, the DRC uses the Side to End value for both
conditions, as was done in releases prior to 16.5 release.

When comparing two identical symbols, only the Side to End value is used. End to Side
is considered superfluous.

October 2012

273

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.5

When you down-rev the database to 16.3, the Side to End value is ignored by the DRC
system.

DFA Usability
Interactively, behavior associated with moving a component to meet the minimum DFA
clearance rule has been enhanced. This new behavior requires the DFA_PAUSE_LEVEL
user preference value to be set to 3. When set, the active component will pause during
movement in the attempt to meet the DFA rule.

Minimum Metal to Metal Clearance DRC


This is a new design-level check that has been added to ensure that minimum metal to metal
clearance is met. This check has been added to flag spacing errors that occur when certain
spacing modes are accidentally set to OFF, and for CAD<>CAM alignment.
It is best to run this check, near design completion. Otherwise, in most cases, it will produce
redundant DRCs assuming your entire spacing suite of modes is set to ON. Single
clearance value entry is supported in the Design Options page. This checked is intended to
work as a net to net check; same net behavior is not supported.

Duplicate Drill DRC


This is also a new design-level check that detects duplicate drill holes spanning the same
layers. Duplicate drill holes may be based on the same or different pad stack definitions.
Simple overlaps (non-identical drill locations) are excluded from this definition. Drill holes that
share all the same layers are considered to be duplicate.

Cross Section Chart


A detailed view of the cross section can now be generated. To access the command, either
choose Manufacture Cross Section Chart, or run the xsection_chart command.

October 2012

274

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.5
Similar to the NC Legend, the chart is registered as a group object and will retain its current
position upon recursive outputs.

Backdrill Enhancement (Any Layer to Any Layer)


Backdrilling capability in Allegro PCB Editor is enhanced to allow any layer to any layer
configurations. Prior to SPB 16.5 release, backdrilling was restricted as it could start either
from the top layer or from the bottom layer. This is a critical enhancements for composite
construction techniques used with some HDI and sub-laminate designs.

October 2012

275

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.5

DRC Updates
Max Neck Length DRC
Starting this release, the behavior of the Max Neck Length DRC is changed. Now the DRC
flags an error if the cumulative length of necked sections exceeds the prescribed Max Neck
Length value.
Prior to SPB 16.5 release, in a routed design, the Max Neck Length constraint was applied
on a per-segment basis for CLINEs. Thus each segment was measured independently within
a necked section and compared to the constraint value. As long as each individual segment
was less than the maximum length, no violation was reported. However, in case of CLINE
necks that span more than a single segment, there were situations when each individual
segment was shorter than the length constraint; while the total length of the necked section
exceeded the constrained length without report of violation. To address this scenario, the
behavior of the Max Neck Length DRC is changed to constrain the cumulative length of
necked sections to not exceed the prescribed Max Neck Length value.

ECAD-MCAD Flow
INCREMENTAL DATA EXCHANGE (IDX)
The exchange of electrical and mechanical CAD data has had many import/export formats
based on IDF and DXF. Each format has maintained a set of standards accepted by the CAD
industry. These formats have served well over the years, with one common underlying issue,
the exchange of data is considered, "all or nothing". If a board outline, constraint areas, and
component placement is used initially, all the same data is continually exchanged
bi-directionally, even if just one object is modified. This exchange format is difficult to manage
design impact and change tracking.
The EDMD schema (or IDX format as it is more commonly referred to), a new XML based
data exchange format, was created to aid in the exchange of ECAD/MCAD data by
introducing the concept of passing incremental changes. This implies that both the ECAD and
MCAD tools begin at the same starting point, or baseline, and any change from the baseline
line is considered an incremental modification of the data. The incremental data, and not the
entire CAD interface data set, is then passed from one CAD tool to the other.
Additional capabilities in the EDMD schema enhance the ability of design collaboration.
Comments, and accept/reject capabilities provide options to improve communication
between the two design disciplines.

October 2012

276

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.5
For example, after the design baselined, the PCB Designer moves a component whose
location was defined in the baseline. In the new schema, the design exports this change, and
through a GUI, adds a comment describing the reason for the modification. The Mechanical
Design would preview the incremental data, accept the change and import the data, or reject
the change, and reply with a comment explaining the reason for the change rejection, along
with a possible new location. The PCB Designer previews the new proposal, accepts, rejects,
and so on.

The EDMD schema is managed by ProSTEP iViP ECAD/MCAD Collaboration Project Group.
(http://www.prostep.org). Cadence Design Systems is a member of this project group and
continues to review and recommend updates and modifications to this standard to address
technology and design process requirements.
Notes:

The data exchanged in the IDX 2.0 format is the same as in the IDF 3.0 format. With the
exception of panelization data, the data exchanged is identical between the two
standards.

Use of IDX format is recommended as it raises data exchange to a more collaborative


environment. Once a baseline is established, only incremental changes are exchanged,
where users can see a specific change, review the impact to the design the change
would make, and either accept or reject that change. Whereas, the IDF format passes
the entire data without providing users with a way of viewing the changes (also known as
all or nothing).

October 2012

277

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.5

You cannot use both IDX 2.0 and IDF 3.0 for the same design. The data created for IDX
and IDF contain ownership, data id and flows specific to each interface. If a design is
started as IDF and IDX is launched, the user will be prompted with a prompt regarding
the removal of all IDF properties and associations and visa-versa.

While using IDX format you cannot start with an incremental file. A baseline must be
defined before an incremental file can be imported.

Accidental deletion of IDX file is not a problem because the IDX file is embedded within
the Allegro database. Any proposed incremental IDX changes that are imported or
exported are compared to the current baseline in the database. This baseline is updated
for each proposed change that is accepted.

You cannot manipulate the IDX file. The IDX data standard is a mix of STEP and XML
formatted data with references to multiple areas in the file. Editing one item without
editing all other references will result in an unusable or corrupt file producing bad results.

Database and Misc Enhancements

Database Locking

Multi-threading Support

DBDOCTOR

Downrev to 16.3

DBSTAT

Same Net Constraint Set update

Symbol Editor

Refresh Symbol

Modules and Locked Property

Techfile

Design Status

Color

Artwork

Thieving

Create Detail

October 2012

278

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.5

Display Measure

Shape Copy

User Defined Mask Layers Mirror support

Place Replicate Support for Single Symbol

Placement Files

Design Partitioning

Polygon Select

Undo/Redo Buffer

Capture Canvas Image

Zoom Button in Pick Dialog

New Variables

New Properties

Modified Properties

Deleted Properties

Reports

IDF Out

Symbol Export

Data Migration

Script Migration

Skill Enhancements

Database Locking
In pre-16.5 releases, multiple users could edit and update the same design without conflict
notification. To prevent this situation an advisory lock feature has been introduced. In 16.5
release, when you open a design for editing, PCB Editor creates a lock file, <design>.lck.
This lock file is maintained until Allegro exits, opens another design or writes a new design
file. If a different program attempts to open this design, a warning message is thrown and
users can then override or cancel their design open request. A similar message is presented
when you attempt to overwrite a locked design.

October 2012

279

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.5
You can disable the locking support by setting the allegro_nolocking environment
variable. When this variable is set, programs do not create lock files but check for the
presence of lock files before opening a design.

Multi-threading Support
DRC update now takes advantage of up to 16 computing units.

DBDOCTOR
Purge unused constraint set option added to the dialog. A high cset count can contribute to
database performance issues. Cadence advises running the performance advisor to check
for issues that contribute to performance degradation.

Downrev to 16.3

Downrev to SPB16.3 is supported from the File Export menu. As always, carefully
consider the impact of downrev before commitment.

Log file now supports a list of deleted properties

Subclass Characters
Character limit is increased to 31.

DBSTAT
Dbstat -t now reports the product tier used to save the database.

Same Net Constraint Set update


The by-layer DRC mode is now enabled by default on new designs.

Symbol Editor

Package symbols can now be created with no placebound shape.

Symbol editor can now change a pin from mechanical to connect by adding pin text to
the PIN_NUMBER layer.

October 2012

280

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.5

Refresh Symbol
Enhanced to provide an option to Reset Pin escapes.

Modules and Locked Property


When in the MDD editor, a LOCKED property can be added at the drawing level. When the
MDD is loaded into a design, the resulting module inherits the locked property.

Techfile

The techfile batch program has new options to allow filtering output to match the
capability present in the Constraint Manager dialog.

The techfile batch program now supports reading and writing dcf files.
For more information, see techfile -help and the -i option.

Design Status
The Status dialog now supports Net Short DRC Status.

Color

The color view drop-down in the Visibility tab now alphabetically sorts the user's .col files.

Color view save now offers an option to save the flip state of the design.

Artwork

The artwork dialog will now issue a warning and offer to create film records when the
current film set does not contain all of the cross section entries.

The artwork dialog has been enhanced to support adding a blank film record. To do this,
use the Add Manual command available in the right-click menu.

The default for new designs is RS274X and 2.5 units. Metric designs default to metric
output.

October 2012

281

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.5

Thieving
New options panel checkbox to keep thieving vias within the route keepin area.

Create Detail
Now supports placing a detail on any allowed layer.

Display Measure
Display measure window now includes the net name where appropriate.

Shape Copy
Shape instance parameters are now retained when performing a copy of a dynamic shape.
This enhancement is also supported when using Z-Copy and Copy to Layers.

User Defined Mask Layers Mirror support


User defined mask layers now support the Allegro mirror _TOP/_BOTTOM standard. For
example, a padstack used by a pin has a circle pad defined on a user mask layer GOLD_TOP.
If the design also has a user mask layer GOLD_BOTTOM, when a mirror is performed on the
symbol then the circle pad will appear on GOLD_BOTTOM.

Place Replicate Support for Single Symbol


The two symbol restriction has been removed. This allows the user to replicate etch
connected to a single symbol, such as a fanout pattern, and move these groups of elements
as a single unit.

October 2012

282

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.5

Placement Files
Placement import (plctxt) now offers an option to move placed components to the location,
rotation and mirror values in the plctxt file. The default mode is not to alter placed
components.

Design Partitioning
Place replicate now supported in the partition editors.

Polygon Select
Polygon select has been enhanced to automatically finish on double-click, as it would if Done
were selected.

Undo/Redo Buffer
The commands export ipf, flipdesign, associativity off, associativity on, and del_viaarray no
longer disable the undo/redo buffer.

Capture Canvas Image


The Save As dialog box, in the capture canvas image now defaults to the working directory.

October 2012

283

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.5

Zoom Button in Pick Dialog


New Zoom button allows users, who work in application modes, access to the zoom center
command.

New Variables

single_via_replace_default Allows user to specify single via replace as default


mode when Tools Padstack Replace is run. You can set this variable in the
Interactive page of the User Preferences Editor dialog box.

text_nocompact Disables the Compact button in the text parameter dialog on a persite basis.

options_no_enhanced_padentry Use as an initial setting of the Enhanced Pad


Entry option associated with routing tools.

artwork_arc_round_error The artwork round warning messages can be made


into an error message.

testprep_rpt_netnames testprep report option to print netnames on each row of


report. The default behavior is to suppress the netname when it is the same as the
previous row.

allegro_nolocking When this variable is set, programs will NOT create lock files
but will check for the presence of lock files before opening a design.

New Properties

EMBEDDED_PLACEMENT enum property (values) Allowed on component definitions


and component instances.

EMBEDDED_SOFT A boolean property. Allowed at design level.

EMB_VIA_CONNECT_PADSTACK A string property allowed at board level.

October 2012

284

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.5

EMBEDDED_VIA_KEEPOUT A boolean property allowed on route keepouts.

CDS_FSP_PIN_NAME A string property allowed on pins (see FSP group).

CDS_FSP_PIN_NUMBER A string property allowed on pins.

CDS_FSP_DP_PIN A string property allowed on pins.

CDS_FSP_IO_PIN_PAIR A string property allowed on pins.

CDS_FSP_DIFF_PIN_TYPE A string property allowed on pins.

CDS_FSP_BANK_NAME A string property allowed on pins.

CDS_FSP_GROUP_NAME A string property allowed on pins.

CDS_FSP_VOLTAGE A string property allowed on pins.

CDS_FSP_PIN_TYPE A string property allowed on pins.

CDS_FSP_PIN_STD A string property allowed on pins.

CDS_FSP_PIN_FUNC A string property allowed on pins.

CDS_FSP_CONNECT_INFO A string property allowed on pins.

Modified Properties

LOCKED Now permitted at design-level. This allows adding to a mdd (module)


database. When imported into a design resulting module will inherit the LOCKED
attribute which means object editing within a module is not permitted. Same capability
that is present with symbols.

BACKDRILL_MAX_PTH_STUB Now supported on vias and pins.

CDS_FSP_NET Renamed from FSP_NET and now allowed on pins (see FSP group).

CDS_FSP_INSTANCE_NAME Renamed from FSP_INSTANCE_NAME

CDS_FSP_INSTANCE_ID Renamed from FSP_INSTANCE_ID

CDS_FSP_IS_FPGA Renamed from FSP_IS_FPGA

CDS_FSP_TERMINATION_TYPE Renamed from FSP_TERMINATION_TYPE

CDS_FSP_LIB_PART_MODEL Renamed from FSP_LIB_PART_MODEL

October 2012

285

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.5

Deleted Properties

THERMAL_RELIEF This property is now stored as a base attribute for performance


reasons. Legacy access via Skill and extracta are provided.

Reports

Dangling via report now includes start/stop layers of dangling vias and antenna vias.

Embedded Component (new)

Embedded Cavities (new)

Etch Detailed Length (new)

Cross Section (new)

IDF Out
Added Package Keepin in the filter setup dialog as an exclude option.

Symbol Export
The Symbol Export to Spreadsheet feature of SiP now available in PCB Editor. Use this
feature to output pin fields in .txt, .csv or xml formats. To access this command, choose
File Export Symbol Spreadsheet.

October 2012

286

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.5

Data Migration

The Max Neck Width DRC is now a continuous cumulative check whereas older releases
did it as a segment check. This may result in more DRCs in 16.5 designs. Cadence
strongly feels that this is the correct way to do this check so no option is provided to run
the check in its segment based mode.

It you utilize embedded component design, you will first need to delete all your
embedded components before you are allowed to downrev your design.

There is no mechanism in place to convert your 16.3 dimensions to the new style
associative dimensions.

When embedded components are present, the plctxt output format utilizes a new
format (rev 2). This cannot be read by earlier Allegro releases.

It is no longer possible to directly downrev a design to release 16.01 from 16.5.

Script Migration
Pre-16.5 scripts performing dimensioning actions will not work in 16.5.

Skill Enhancements
As always you should check <cdsroot>/share/pcb/examples/skill/DOC for what
new functions are available in this release. Noteworthy updates

Access to color patterns available

Full access to Constraint Class tables

Full access to grids and text blocks now available

October 2012

287

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.5

RF PCB Enhancements
In this release several enhancements have been made in RF PCB to increase your
productivity.

Usability Enhancements

IFF Interface Enhancements

Layer mapping for non-etch layers

Hierarchical component importing

RefDes Auto-synch

Layout Enhancements

Breaking RF Components

Inserting RF Components

Converting RF Components

Shape to Component Enhancements

RF Push Enhancements

Usability Enhancements
Allegro PCB Editor provides a new application mode, RF Application Edit mode. This
application mode provides quick and easy access to RF command specific to the selected
object or group of objects. This application mode configures the tool for a specific task by
populating the right mouse button pop-up menu with RF commands that operate on the
currently selected RF object or group of RF objects. In addition, the menu also displays some
generic RF commands (not specific to the object or objects selected) under a Quick Utilities
sub-menu of the RMB.

IFF Interface Enhancements


The IFF interface import procedure now includes a number of enhancements.
Layer mapping for non-etch layers
In previous releases of RF PCB, the IFF import procedure allowed you to map only ETCH
layers. However, now you can also map non-ETCH layers during import.
October 2012

288

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.5
Hierarchical component importing
Also, the RF PCB IFF import procedure interprets elements within a hierarchical layout
component in ADS, and generates the corresponding Allegro layout elements.
RefDes Auto-synch
As part of the import procedure, RF PCB now ensures that the schematic and layout files are
synchronized by ensuring that the reference designators are assigned for each component
imported into the schematic and layout files.

Layout Enhancements
This release includes a number of enhancements that help in the layout of RF components
on the board. These include a number of enhancements to existing commands as well as a
new command that allows you to break RF components on the board.
Breaking RF Components
Allegro PCB Editor includes a new rf_break command that allows you to break an RF
component placed on your board.
You can break a component by percentage (applicable for all valid types of components), by
length (applicable for LINE type components), by angle (applicable for CURVE type
components), or by electrical length (applicable for MLIN, MCURVE, MCURVE2).
Inserting RF Components
The Add component and Scaled copy commands are now enhanced to allow you to insert an
RF component between two RF components on the board.
Converting RF Components
If you are in the rf_change mode, you can now change the RF type of certain types of RF
components:

Line to Taper

Taper to Line

Line to Gap

Gap to Line

October 2012

289

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Allegro PCB Editor: Whats New in Release 16.5

Taper to Gap

Gap to Taper

Shape to Component Enhancements


In previous releases of RF PCB, you could convert a static shape to a component and save
it for reuse by choosing RF-PCB Convert Shape to Component. However, now you can
also select vias along with the shapes to convert. This will cause the vias to be included in
the RF component after conversion.
RF Push Enhancements
The RF Push command is now enhanced to allow you to also push vias and user-defined
vias.

October 2012

290

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6

Whats New for Older Releases


This section lists the Whats New for older releases of Allegro PCB Editor.

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.3

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.2

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.01

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.0

October 2012

291

Product Version 16.6

Allegro PCB Editor: What's New in Release 16.6


Whats New for Older Releases

October 2012

292

Product Version 16.6

Das könnte Ihnen auch gefallen